Cite €>osprl Hymnal. -.*t Edited by F n EXCELL. Single Cop Per Dozen Per Hundi THE UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS LIBRARY Ex2c£ >ns, ■D. $0 30 3 00 25 00 Western Methodist Book Concern, CURTS & JENNINGS, Agents, CINCINNATI, CHICAGO, ST. LOUIS. Price-list of other Song Books sent on application. K' ©ospei i* v FOR SUNDAY SCHOOL and ...CHURCH WORK V BY E. O. EXCELE CURTS & JENNINGS, CINCINNATI. CHICAGO. ST. LOUIS. EATON & MAINS, NEW YORK. BOSTON. PITTSBURG. DETROIT, SAN FRANCISCO. Copyright, I 899, by the Western Methodist Book Concern. We ser\d out "THE GOSPEL HYMNAL” for Sun- day Schools and CLurct| Work;, believing that it ■Will receive a h eart Y Welcome from a generous public. It is a Worthy successor to "Songs for Young People” by the sarpe Editor, Which h as had a rerqarhable sale. This book; contains a great Variety of hY 11 ! 1 ! 8 and rqUsic, and a special feature is the large list of new compositions, while the old favorites Will be found in goodly ndrhbeP For Sunday Schools, Young People's Meet- ings, Prayer Meetings, and Revival Services, the ' "Gospel Hynpnul” Will be found sufficient in var- iety and quality. The Editor hus done .his best; the contents, and the attractive binding, rnuke it one of the very best books ever issued. THE PUBLISHERS. CAUTION.— The words and music of nearly all the pieces in “The Gospel Hymnal, 1 * are copyrighted. All rights of republication of words or music, separate or com- bined, are reserved, and will be defended by the owners of the copyright. E. O. Excell. SIMONS ;x ^ The Gospel Hymnal. No. I. Lead, Kindly Light. JOHN H. NEWMAN. LUX BENIGNA. 10, 4, 10. JOHN BACCHUS DYKES. £ •^1 i SEES m r m 1. Lead, kindly Light, a - mid th’ encircling gloom, Lead Thou me 2. I was not ev - er thus, nor pray’d that Thou Shouldst lead me 3. So long Thy pow’r hath led me, sure it still Will lead me T f.f. p . f=f= i 3 1 on! on; on The night is dark, and I am far from home; I loved to choose and see my path; but now O’er moor and fen, o’er crag and tor -rent, till *- *- # F-^- : £ =l=t==t= T £ 4 - EE =N St -. xzL*. • JEgL> (^_ -S?— - 962 K2 J2— 'f- ii No. 2. There’s Light for a Step. JESSIE BROWN POUNDS. Copyright, 1898, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. . J. S, FEARIS, — P 1 - p N - J 4 J 1 .« « * £—§3= 2— J '~3 J J Npj — hr— ■ IV & sziri d i/ 0 • 0 0 8 ~/t 0 0 V 0 t U i f y 8 H 1. Though shadows may co v-er the face of the day , Though steep be the 2. Though mists on the edge of the marshlands lie low, Though nar-row the 3. When in - to the val - ley the path-way shall lead, Where dark -ly the m n w \ 1 ^ ^ N P ... N y n p . .^=s_j P > F p p ~ J d J 1 1 _JT\ p ... 1 - - .J . 4R _ fry J « - 4 L« m J all — ^ M 4*48, i ~r t ~i j 1 S p _ . • ... 4 1 0*4 4 ~ 9 m 4 path that you c path that is s Death-Riv- er r f * * g 1 / u r :limb, You nev - er need stumble, younev-er need stray, ure; Still light for a step will be yours if you go oils, There still shall be light in your ut - ter-most need, - 9 9 f f bp * - * ~ - /aV 1 j . j vj t • _Ia E 9 La a a a 1 a 1 a .5 u 5 r 1 lx f 1 j I 1 1 j wrk # W W — - L 4 If | j \j \j \j 1 j L J | J } J j 9 h h L L ^ v V V v V v ^ r r h J Refrain. H rr — rrr ^ \ 1^ PS —Ilk-- _l 1 p=ts_ "p — 1 — idl y __ p p p JS pv I 1 1— # - . A . _ ^ IT V J 0i • a ’ 4 d j -J r# - J J J J 1 FP . 4 • *, 4. 9 • « J I 0 — - » T 9 P # I ^ -d- _5_ -d-^-0. There’ slight for a step at a time, y With tread that is firm and se-cure. V To guide to the mansion of souls. J "L_ 5 * 0 A O • A There’s light for each step < There’s light for each step < I*- ±L P of the way, the way, p ; tl T r r ^ Si • S 1 IA LA La IA F F * 1 15/ ■, L r “ r 1 I ® Jj A • 0 # W • W 0. i w j H 1 \ j - \ j i j \ j r n r r u r 1 l 1 S v ✓ 1/ V 1 k' V V V V V V n h h 1 * 1 1— I h- v - ^ _ K . K K K iJKL J — ~4r~r ni 0 — * — *1 P — — 1 — — 1 — —d a 1 — r— r- d — H — — al : . : : i 1 f i - j ;■ tJ There’s light for a step at # f ~ ‘ ^ a 0 1_- * * # # P— 1 time, You nev -er need stumble, you a^a f f ^ + — P i — i — T — f 1 r — 4— 0 • p=F=>=p P P W ir-. — * =k==b HP — L -P 1- -1 1 * y ^ — &=£=£=&= -•1 h V 'J 1/ LL 1 ^ Mo. 3. What Would Jesus Do? LANTA WILSON SMITH. COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. E. O. EXCELL. ± — i — — s — ; m j. There’s a voice that whis - pers To the will - ing heart, 2. When some strong temp - ta - tion Holds you in its pow’r, 3. Then no long - er fal - ter, Then no long - er fear, £ 4 W * 1 ffct -U4- £ tc 33= And its words so ten-der Joy and peace im - part; When in doubt or When a fear of fail-ure Haunts each waking hour, You can end the Ev-’ry path of du-ty Will be bright and clear; If you pray for e — r 4= troub-le, To your heart be true, Hear the Spir - it say - ing: con - flict And your fears sub - due, If you heed the mes-sage: wis - dom, It will come to you, While the Spir - it whis-pers: tsSm eeSeeJ t m 5E Chorus. 1 fs — I P F W~ What would Je - sus do? \ What would Je - sus do? > What would Je-sus do? What would Je - sus What would Je - sus do? ) ; v ~ » » c _ I N I N £ & --- #— #— Q r r-v-p r£-Y I 3=3 V' ; * ■#-T" do? Hear the Spir - it say - ing: Whatwould Je-sus do? - . • . *> , « . . * 1 IS m -# — -0 - * *- 5 No. 4. If there's Sunshine in Your Heart. (To our Friend and Pastor, B. A. Jenkins.) HELEN DUNGAN. COPYRIGHT, 1898, 8Y E. O. EXCELL, WORDS AND MUSIC. J. M. DUNGAN. ~j9r~b \}4- n-4^- ^ [v =i=4- ag=3=J--j tr Z •' — # •- ( You can make the pathway bright, Fill the i * ( Turn-ing dark-ness in - to day, As the i (You can speak the gen - tie word To the h 2 * ( Tho’ it seems a lit - tie thing It will 1 (You can do a kind-ly deed To your 3* (And his burden you will share As you (You can live a hap - py life In this i 4 * ( And your soul will glow with love From the at a% m m a am A m soul with heaven’s light, shadows fly a - way, Leart with an-ger stirred, leaven’s blessing bring, neighbor in his need, lift his load of care, ivorld of toil and strife, per-fect Tight a - bove, A A b— b4^~F F — -F — F — F— F — f F — F— — f P 1 1 ? 1 — ^ ^ ^ g — l* p — k — -t-f ■ T ' Z=£=l — F — p — U if L -v — v — u — v — 1 — J n ,.^7 ik L\ 7- ± ( ; — “i • | -■ KHZ ZlZZZj T| ST • m L_ i j m - i J J 1 □ d J J •!? m J HI J F KAJ #• 0_ J a « J . * $ J i ' ^ tr ~ ~ ^ r -s-. If there’s sunshine in your heart; ( OmV, ) If there’s sunshine in your heart to-day. . f r . .... z^y. k i i i 0 1 i 0 :p -ri l L r 0 & t » m i 1 r - 4 ^ & «> -i 0 . a > 0 0 M 9 a 1 a wh u/ r • » l l i r . 1 r i . .... L. 1 r 1 r r 1 1 - 1 H Hi i — L V — U i--V— U -4 H “frrfr k. 0 . 0 -s f f— r m . dm a « H — N h r — ri— ■ p h ^. r i -r v! — n w -P ( J { P 0 0 N 0 a fny 17 . • i b ... 1 1 1 y* __j __j B j J F 9 1 | B •Jam • \J F 0 « 0 ^ ^ ^ 0 • J ! ^ J I tJ £ V 1 If there’s sunshine in your I sun-shine And your care will all de - j will i *: Sr 0 0 r if ' ' * ' T leart Y’ou can send a shining ray in your heart, >art, ( Omit ill de-part, A A • A A k i • r r 0 bp i r r r r r 9 0 0 0 1 [yy.-j 17 h • ! ; k 1 1 1 1 I 0 0 * * 0 . J T i r i L j j | j - . 0 0 0 » 0 l J. U. U. b i ! i M -Q- b-k— £ — r — ^ — r 1 w h=i-^ H r fi Hr « « # i» "* » : i— H * t»- -if -ir - u U U t 1- ^ ]/ 1 J 1 |22 • Ji No. 5. Speak it for the Savior. To my Friend and Brother , J. M. Latimer . JAMES ROWE. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. WORDS AND MUSIC. I m / E. 0. EXCELL. 8.g_gl V -a/- j If you have a kind - ly word, Speakit for the Savior; I ' j Let its soothing notes be heard, Speak it for [ Omit . the Savior 2 | If you have a word of cheer, Speakit for the Savior; ;} ( It will gladden some one’s ear, Speak it for [ Omit ] the Savior; J (If you have a word of love, Speakit for the Savior; \ ( That some soul may look above, Speak it for [ Omit ] the Savior; J md m B: -m- — w nr ii It T mm "i" Here and there and ev-’ry-where, Hearts of grief, and pain, and care, There are weak ones in the throng, Jeered and jos-tled by the strong, To the wand-’ring ones at night, It will be a bea-con bright, .0 0 * 0^0 0 £ & m ^ t Fine. mm Hun - ger for its mu - sic rare, Speak it for the Sav - ior. Who have lis - tened for it long, Speak it for the Sav - ior. Point - ing to the Land of Light, Speak it for the Sav - ior. f: fz Zz jl . 0 . J m £ N d. s. — If you have a kind - ly word , Speak it for the Sav - ior. tM i i M Chorus. D.S i — * i ^ V ~ 9 ~ Speak it for the Sav - ior, Speak it for the Sav - ior; •• e „ fz * HL' PS Ml -r- 0 — ± m 7 No. 6. There is Glory in My Soul. Mrs. GRACE WEISER DAVIS. ft* Copyright, 1894, by chas. h. Gabriel. Property op E. O. Excell. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. -K N- 1. Since I lost my sins, and I found my Sav - ior, There is 2. Since He cleansed my heart, gave me sight for blind-ness, There is 3. Since with God I’ve walked, having sweet com-mun-ion, There is 4. Since I en -tered Canaan on my way to heav-en, There is * # *— 9 9 9 9 9 f=r 1 &*= u u a 3l=St=5! mini * Pi *- - ; u glo-ry in my soul ! Since by faith I sought and obtained God’s favor, glo-ry in my soul! Since He touch’d and heal’d mein lov-ing kindness, glo-ry in my soul ! Brighter grows each day in this heav’n-ly un-ion, glo-ry in my soul ! Since the day my life to the Lord was giv-en, ju -9 y y ■ t=L=t *2- =t rf 1 Chorus. siw-ty There is glo-ry in my soul. There is glo-ry , glo-ry , there is glo-ry in my soul ! *•" ' I.* Vl* : f t l •' y-y-y—y- 1 - : :J. jr : * ! «- L *- , - - Ev-’ry day bright-er grows, And I con-quer all my foes; There is ___ j _ iv > -A — A- m S3 i *=H #— P— 1 — 3* — P= V T I ITT No. 9, Jesus Saves. m JENNIE WILSON. \ N ~ r ~Sl Copyright, 1899 , by e. O. Exceu.. Words and Music. F. S. SHEPARD. 24: t 1. Je-sus saves! O guilt -y soul, Come in faith and be made whole; 2. Je - sus saves and He a - lone For the sin - ful can a - tone; 3. Je - sus saves and doth im - part Com-fort to each troub-led heart; 4. Je - sus saves! O trust His might, Darkness then will turn to light; ±=pz -S-T b t 9-> ^ H — f— .p 0 1 fP- if. 4 • 4 m A 1 4..JL-4 .« • J 4 4 J V 1 4 4 - ^ hk 4 4 4 i IT 2 2. J . 4 J J 251 # * P 4 4 ^ 4 t ar . v v v v v ~ ^ In the cleansing fountain’s flow, Wash and whit - er be than snow. On - ly thro’ His ho - ly name Can the soul sal - va-tion claim. Long-ing to re - ceive the dow’r, Of His gra-cious love and pow’r. And thy fears give place to joy, Naught of ^arth can e’er de-stroy. - . - - . - - ^ ^ - . _-£l * f- /-V h i r r r ~ # r P I j l ' 1 1 I j I 4 • 4 0 $ j ~i "P 4“ ff 1 h i I 1 1 U t b W - 4 r , J L « J u u 1 1 b 0 i b * w Chorus. „ , . r ft i 1 N ^ 1 J • 4 4 _• p r j _p j ^ p IJ b k 17 1 N J A & 4*4 "p 5/ v 1 ^ p 4 1 zq n 1 4 * 4 4 J — \ — V- ) A A ^ j j q _ J J 4 2 J < P_. Je - sus saves! yes, Je - sus saves! Ev-’ry soul that par-don craves; 2 2 Sr- 4 J J J ... . u 1 r r 1 • r r r 1 r » • r m r 0 1 1 r r 1 — — 4 n 1 j? i k u — v -j— "tr^ — U “tr 4 — •, 1 0 • w -p p — p p I ' 'i 1 l_w_L h* J N V . 1 L y 1 -4 u ^ 1 Rit * . . v ^ 1 j rqj r p -<2 ET Br P • p K k’ • 11 b J ? 4 • 4 1 (c V 17 n 1 1 4 1 0 • 4 P • 4 Ar» 4 1 A J 2 ^ A "S? D -H 2 qjli d Cast thy ev - ’ry doubt a - side, Christ for thee was cru - ci - f ...... . „ f- f- .. led. /*> u , r r, w r 0 r KTl typp 17 U h r ift • fe — 0 • p A • 4 r 8l L 4 r f m 1 — r— — F- ' ; — b r • g- 1 . W J f=i v — 1 4— -g — 4=t fcf 11 1 1 No. 10. ADA BLENKHORN. Let the Sunshine In. Copyright, 1895, by Chas. H. Gabriel. E. O. Excell, owner. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. f\ N fJ i * ' * ^ e . ^ 1. Do you fear the foe will in the con-flict win? Is it dark with - 2. Does your faith grow fainter in the cause you love? Are your pray ’rs un- 3. Would you go re-joic - ing on the up-ward way, Knowing naught of JS 1 — i- . w 9 . j-b * rrrrt =t=4=t • si -gjr ±r -ft r i 7 * — 2- T out you, — dark-er still with-in? Clear the dark-ened win-dows, o-pen an-swer’d by your God a - bove? Clear the dark-ened win-dows, o-pen darkness, — dwelling in the day? Clear the dark-ened win-dows, o-pen -<5>- f- ' * * E- ±=t ± m-f T-# - N v “ nu Chorus, EE?EEE tf- -tf- • wide the door, Det a lit - tie sunshine in. ^ wide the door, Det a lit - tie sunshine in. >- wide the door, Det a lit - tie sunshine in. ) Em Det a lit - tie sun- v — mm — mm= f rrr rr-r^- f tfVnrr^ T - shine in,.... Det a lit -tie sun-shine in;.... Clear the the sunshine in, the sunshine in, * . . . ........ J J J L • •a ■» — r-F F- £=£=£= W W. ms i m darkened windows, o - pen wide the door, Det a lit-tle sunshine in. : -8- • -R - . - - - No. 1 1. Light the Lamps Along the Way. LANTA WILSON SMITH. ■N ri tr & COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. WORDS AND MUSIC. T. MARTIN TOWNE, 4 — t- -is- 1 1 . There are pathways dark and lonely , Where the sunshine nev-er gleams, 2. For the lives by sorrow darkened, There’s a path that leads a - bove, 3. Paths of sin may gleam a wel-come, But they lead to dark-est night. 4. Tight the lamps of truth and mer - cy , Keep the fire of faith a - glow, -!*-• -j®- • ~P~ -ft- safe U s ^ - |A -p — v- i -| h -t rrrtrr $ 3 =F Where no star of hope is shin-ing With its bright and cheering beams. And the lamps are brightly bum - ing-Lamps of sym-pa - thy and love. Keep the dan-ger - sig - nal burn -ing With a gos - pel - bea-con, bright. Till the light of love shall brighten Ev - ’ry gloom-y path be - low. - jl . -e- ^ J | ga j.: f p. Chorus. .j r-"l ifc rfr tz « = # « Light the lamps along your pathway, Keep them burning night and day; * ^ J* J m n+t n ^ \ , 1 1 N IV * , ! 1 — P — H 1 J .^T J ■ - J— : zt*z£k -m——m #— r-# — d ^ * i With the torch of love u f--f- -r-f- . . t f— — p - lift - ed Light the lamps along the way. . f^ m j\ 1 _ da-S-L- . r — - ’-1 L ^ 5 — b £ — 1 !"» V fr— y ■ h— - 13 No. 12. I am Glad I Can Trust Him. ADA BLENKHORN. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. ( r£= =pt Pi ~N~ — fv — & & • =5= 9 — — H 0 9 -hfU — H -# — | H -p#— 1 L 5 — • g £ K 1. 1 am glad I can trust Him , my : Sav - ior, my King, When 2. I am glad I can trust Himwher- •ev - er I g°> Wher- 3- I am glad I can trust Him when temp-ests as - sail, A- 4- I am glad I can trust in my Ford to the end, Un - W*);, fy 0 - -5 5 : % s 0 — » — g & -lr- f -f . -h- 4-1 A*— -lb — % =£= 4- — P — b — p — -# =t= =M L» p 1/ i m $ as — & n shad - ows are deep-est, Hisprais-es I sing; ev - er He lead-eth my foot-steps be - low, gainst my tried spir - it they shall not pre - vail, til to His glo - ry my spir - it as - cend, A - gain from the shad- The light of His pres- To help me to con- My voice in the sweet v — v H— v ■ U = £ t=t=s=z d.s. — I know He is with Fine. $ l J. .-= a 4 - Je - sus. Je - sus. Je - sus. Je - sus. v ' 1/ ows my soul He will bring, I ence is with me I know, I quer He nev - er will fail, I hal-le - lu - jahs shall blend, I am glad I am glad I am glad I am glad I g=g=g can trust in can trust in can trust in can trust in H-t rtvri f-g-fr * w v \ 9 me each mo-ment , each day , / am glad I can trust in Je - sus . No. 13. Drifting Away From God. F. A. S. teg COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELU WORDS AND MUSIC. FRANK A. SIMPKINS. M ^3 1. Drift-ing a - way from the Sav - ior, Drift-ing to lands un T known, 2. Drift-ing a - way from the Sav - ior, He who wonld bear your load; 3. Drift-ing a - way from the Sav-ior, Fear-less-ly on you go; 4. Drift-ing a - way from the Sav - ior, E - ven the an - gels weep; £ • ■ 00 - 0 . 0 ^ • His wounded side; Se - cure from ev-’ry doubt and fear, In the His wounded side; He gives me joy for all my woe, In the His wounded side; He com-forts me with words of cheer, In the His wounded side: With - in my soul His peace a - bides, In the N N ^ . - - for h 1 0 p • #> r r r r r J j r 1 r ^ hi 0 • e . 1 1 11 d d 1 1 1 wk ^ r r d ■ 17 A u U U • i 1 # • a» 0 m 9 0 V iff # i i i i> b b i l> y Chorus. -ftrfr ■ E"1— f- — ft— f*- J — 4 • 0 — “f — M ^ J 1* ^ " r 1 U-fl 3 — 1 5 • 0 9 J J !□ J J m « d 0 • 0 -0. 0 • 0 -& . shel - ter of His wounded side. | C t f C C C C b Hid - ing, safe - ly Hid-ing, safe-ly hid-ing, I am -- - 2 - J' ^ J' for u 1 0 • 0 0 0 0 • 0 1 * r r r r r r 0 r N* J 1 * i 1 ! J i J i 1 1 J 1 v^b h ^. r r \ r r ■ n 1 ^ J l« * V W v v 'M ^ p- rr r u Xi b b p • J • |0 | . . | 1 , i “1 py 1 - - : N s N N 0 - -J 1 1 1 1 j 1 1 ^ 1 W 0 0 0 0 0 J J J J m J ^ : hid hid- p V ing, u u ing, safe - ly P u hid d 1/ -ing, w — In * 0 the shel 0 - ter of 0 ' His wound-ed a a k. 0 b — h t 0 w r r r r r r 7 h L. Lo k .. . . k u k u. j | 1 1 J ■r ■r v r m 1 m ^ \/ i , | ( j ; | , | , ; , ; , ; , 0 P Pi P V V \> V i> v 1 r t>-y -i- -i f p—p— j — i h [ 'j Tl V fs. J P iJ hy^~ b" ^ ^ *1 r 1 P 3 1 ? L ^ * 11 1 i p- # 0 0 0 0 ' ! b U b 'k 1 Side; (I am hid - ing, I am) « v j * * * shel - ter of His wound-ec 1 side. • /^^« U 1 0 0 0 0 0 - f *1 r r r r " r - # - £T . 1 I IW. 1/ h » 0 0 0 0 L_ * * p p p p * JJ Ok v . F -x- 1 r — 1 b v • r _ l r . . r r r J J ? fc=t — d U--- v ■ U ^ •! 1 — U — -V— ^ — — 1 1 — -42 * No. 15. He Needs Me. To Mrs. Jennie Excell . Mrs. ANNIE S. HAWKS. copyright, 1899, by e. o. excell. Author of "I Need Thee Every Hour." words and music. E. O. EXCELL. y ■— TJ- £ — 1 — ' "Xt ' -4 — | jfek-4=ib: Ljr~.M 33 9 ^ — ^ 0 — -SbJ 1. He needs me 2. He needs me 3. He needs me 4. He needs me 5. He needs me & bS -F Tr-f ev - ’ry hour, My Sav - ior ev - ’ry hour, So near His ev - >r y hour, His name to ev - ’ry hour, Some - times to ev - ’ry hour, His child to j j King; side; raise take be; 4=^ M -g*~ 5 ”Z51 The horn - age That sweet - ly A - bove all The Word to Needs me for of my soul, The in my soul He oth - er names, In faint - ing souls, For ■ ev - er more, Needs love I bring, may a - bide, pray’r and praise. His dear sake, e - ven me. X4 -S- -e- ± rr Refrain. lip He needs me, £ s i oh, He needs me, Kv - ’ry hour He .. .. £: f. Jr 1 m ^ ' - — — •— — j®- 1 needs me; My gra - cious Ford and Sav-ior, Needs e j ven me. 17 r No. (6. The Young People’s Army. COPYRIHHT, 1895, BYCHAS. H. GABRIEL. CHARLOTTE G. HOMER. E. O. Exoell Owner. Words and Music. Mrs. CARRIE B. ADAMS. ¥ IV — FV -=l— |V * c -5- -5- - 0 - [jJ- -jj- -5- P " *j^ Cho.-i. March a -long to-geth-er firm and true, For lo, 2. On we go with ar-mor shin-ing bright, With sword in hand to 3. True as steel and loy-al to our King, We ’ll fight un - til the 7 y 1 .1/ the world is H=T a=lt=Qt= ^ =t ^ 4 + I m -=i — fv 1/ ev ■ I # ■ er watch-ing you; Be brave and bold up - on the bat -tie bat-tie for the right; U - nit - ed in the serv-ice of the shouts of vie -t’ry ring From North, from South, from East, and from the ±= 5 : rrr Fine. Unison Solo. ft T~fr -ftitz Ft ^ t Fong and loud the Val-iant sol-diers Storm the forts of field, De-ter-mined that the foe shall yield. Ford We’re marching at our Cap-tain’s word. West, And Christ is ev - ’ry -where con-fessed. =t=r=£ m * t -L-4- =*= 3 = zht -jr 4_ _i_ _i — _)— a. ' -s- -p_ f t t t r r r r r r r « bu - gle call is sound-ing! Sin and wrong are ev-’ry- where a-bounding, of the Ford are lead-ing, Ear-nest - ly for help the church is pleading, sin and des - o - la - tion ; Sol-diers brave, re-new your ob - li - ga - tion ; | D. C. Oho. 1 Hr t t t t t ■ t t T T f T r f 11 11 1 J I L II 11 1 . “Forward’ ’ all a-long the line resounding, Bids us march a - way. rr Slow - ly backward see the foe re-ced-ing, Forward march to-day. And with earnest pray’r and supplication Forward march to-day. m *=l =tl3 =^= © 1 18 No. 17. LANTA WILSON SMITH. Scatter Sunshine. COPYRIGHT 1892, BY E. O. EXCELL. WORDS AND MUSIC. E. O. EXCELL. S# -F 4-X-9-T e -4- 5 1. In a world where sorrow Bv - er will be known, Where are found the 2. Slightest ac-tions oft - en Meet the sor - est needs, For the world wants 3. When the days are gloomy, Sing some happy song, Meet the world’s re- §11 f—f-f—l z- -i 1 - T-rc- m m 0 — 0 &-■ y- . y i ^ need - y, And the sad and lone; How much joy and com-fort You can dai - ly, Bit - tie kind-ly deeds; Oh, what care and sor-row, You may pin-ing, With a cour-age strong; Go with faith un-daunt-ed,Thro’ the m 1 r=F • ' - - MTttf ■ -p-- all be - stow, If you scat - ter sun-shine Bv - ’ry-where you go. V help re - move, With your songs and courage, Sym - pa-thy and love, ills of life, Scat-ter smiles and sun-shine, O’er its toil and strife. a * i £ St p — p- t=±= :t=t=t=h m c r 1 * -| h fT- Chorus. • - i-f W~UTfi ** ± m -i P> Scat - ter sun-shine all a-long your way Cheer and bless and Scatter the smiles and o-ver the way, »-• 0 - #-* -p--p--p- -P-* -P- -P- -P- -P «§i§§ii £ ± m-m Pip IP r~ * jt 3? bright-en Bv - ’ry pass-ing day, Bv - ’ry pass-ing day. Cm- ± a 19 L P-— P 1 H No. 18. Eternity’s Beggar. Copyright 1899, by E. O. Excell. MINNIE B. JOHNSON. words and music. RAN. C. STORY. “StHq. - - ■ . ... -1 — \ 1 1— S S \ _ | p ... n ! 1 ! C r X U—A \ & j "0: 0 4 23 FV £ tj - 0 - : - 0 - & - 0 - '* % : * -J L ^. * * - J € . g ■" -0- : -Q. 0 ® -0 : - 0 - -o 9 -0-: 0- 1. In the .life of plen-ty He wast-ed in sin, And the 2. In the world of pleasure, Great rich - es had he, But the 3 . In the world where banquets And great feasts are made, He was zs 0 p ___ p sr v & & p ST ‘ * I r r 1 / b?> . 1 .. 1 r— h~ — r~ — 1 — 1 1 1 1 2 k- 4 - L— I ! 1 n it— -[ 7 — p • 1 U i r m r *fn T * * - 1 1 7 / H , 1 1 — 7 1 * IV- — 1 1 7-! M — H / Lb. J 7 J - P ■ . I j V I /W -J 0 S3 - J g 1 0[^0, 1 1 i p • 1 V T _____ J ~d 0. — 2 d " —j --- -H j ! 1 -5- -i- -1- # . 5 . . ^ ^ -iT* 9 fold of Je - sus He would not en - ter in; In the poor and need - y^ lie nev - er could see; In the found with the might - y, As a Phar - a - see prayed; In the ....... . J'. .R u» i- r r r 1 r r 1 # # r ^ r m - iff-/ # (_i7 . Q-. » . - * < {S' i» >2 L & V^h L.^ ’ » — # r 7 7 igr ar- 5 & ~ a • r: T — 1 i ■ ■ i" L 3 ) 3 7 J 1 K , , - i/_i_L^_b j i 3 1 nr □ w w 7 b . . 0 ! j 9 kS J H — L J ^ . A .. — f n d— = tj L • *' Q l * day of judg-ment With the weep-ing he stc day of judg-ment, When his rec - ord was knc day of judg-ment, In - to guilt he did si . J J I s J ... . f- t - ^ 0 ^s 9 >od, No >wn, A nk, With the 0^0— /~V u , P _ r r • r p — i 1 1 1 i^*i * b h — — r r h*M 1 v 1 4-3 — U . jp m 0 1 1 7 17 r n — T L r r p ^ 1 j j H -is — j H — 4 — 4-| ri — 1 — h 1— 1 ,3 / ^ 01 M J f _J py. . J f m n p 2 P L i . V T 2 • 2 2 2 2 <» “1 & j 1 1 J Jit- tfl j . - ^ ^ ^ W 9 time for re-pent-ance, Pie knew not his God. ) pau - per it showed him, His rich - es had flown, drunk-ard and gambler, And those who sold drink. > r •E - A i ter - ni - ty’s T7~i w - - mr p ^ r “1 r ~ — a p” 1 r P p p r Fc3|jzz5 r 0 r 1 » p U § f 7 1 f~ — 0 - — P P r~ • L r t L L ■ \) * • r " 1 1_ # 0 r ^ —— -1 ■" 1 r hH — JM-1 r-k — | 1 i k;— 7 - 4 - 3^—1- 11 4 ■ J --if- -J-T-j -1— X— S l lv 4 ; r i L» -:- s_| beg-gar, B - ter - ni-ty's beggar, E-ter - ni-ty’s beg-gar was he. 1 r ! F if; . , K y t j |f— — j r ^ f-% • drdF - u 7 m r ^-<=jqf 1 *h*- L |— L r v i — 20 7—1 — No. 19. Oh, to be Like Thee. T. O. CHRISHOLM. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY WM. J. KIRKPATRICK, Used by Per. ' * WM. J. KIRKPATRICK. iiiippiyi^i =g£ 3" a [s 3 1. Oh, to be like Thee! bless-ed Re-deem - er, This is my con-stant 2. Oh, to be like Thee! full of com-pas - sion, Lov-ing, for - giv - ing, 3. Oh, to be like Thee! low-ly in spir - it, Ho - ly and harm-less, 4. Oh, to be like Thee! Lord, I am com - ing, Now to re-ceive th’a- 3 ~ ~ r long-ing andpray’r; Glad-ly I’ll for - feit all of earth ’streas-ures, ten - der and kind, Help-ing the help -less, cheering the faint -ing, pa-tient ancl brave; Meek-ly en - dur - ing cru - el re-proach - es, noin ting di - vine; All that I am and have I am bring -ing, 3 3 Je -sus, Thy per - feet like-ness to wear. Seek-ing the wand’ring sin - ner to find. I Will- ing to suf - fer, oth-ers to save. [ 0h > to be like Thee! Lord, from this mo-ment all shall be Thine. 3 3 a a ± £ H®- -I®- -P- ± fj W 3 3 9 3 - TT 3 Oh, to be like Thee, blessed Redeemer, pure as Thou art; Come in Thy jL jp . jl _ 3 p - _ 3 A A - P - -f — '—f—f— I" h h ■ - -L - rr-m \ a Rit- 3 JV iJ jvj' / j j fpl tr * * R n t I * ^—4— . "TT7 17- ’ 1 . # # * 5 sweetness, come in Thy fullness ;Statnp Thine own image deep in my heart. ^ - jt.J£--Zr.J !r f- A r AJ J_A H |[ f-y 1 Y rV h 21 No. 20. Go and Preach the Gospel. E E. HEWITT. Copyright, isqs, by E. O. Exceu.. Words and Music. E. O. EXCELL. 1. Wondrous is the sto - ry we have glad-ly heard, Wondrous is the 2. Je - sus calls His peo - pie to a work for Him, Gives us cups of 3. Tid-ings of the Fa-ther’s all-per- vad-ing love, Of the great sal- . . - - - evi v ; H l ; i ; ; : 1 f IM -l\ — fr- mm message from God’s ho - ly word, “Go and preach my gos-pel, ” ’tis the blessing, fills them to the brim; Bear them un - to oth-erswith a va - tion and the home a - bove; If you love the Sav - ior, do not m -u U V £ & f=F & $ mm g • » i — g - 32 L Lord’s com -mand, Send the hap - py tid - ings o - ver sea and land, will - ing hand, Send the hap - py tid - ings o - ver sea and land, i - die stand, Send the hap - py tid-ings o - ver sea and land. mm T-T^ri-rf m mm ?-r=F is Chorus. frr O - ver the sea, O - ver the lancb Go O - ver the sea, 3 m ver the land, £ > r # r * li 1 • * preach the bless - ed gos-pel, ’tis the Lord’s command, speed the hap - py tid-ings o - ver {Omit) sea and land. r r; f- r- - f - I 1 P ' ~V~ -t= V P==£ £ ± 22 No, 21. Heavenward I Am Going. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELt. F. S. S. WORDS AND MUSIC. F. S. SHEPARD, 1. My soul hath been redeemed by the blood, Heaven-ward I am go-ing; 2. My soul is now a - flame with love, Heaven-ward I am go-ing; 3. Why should life’s tasks seem hard to bear, Heaven-ward I am go-ing; 4. He hath pre-pared for me a home, Heaven -ward I am go-ing; & ' v v b -~P=P- r-P -8 -FnH -j A A A J \ _| J / . # M J ’ _ ! as A 51 _ P n m _ j J J\_*L j J . m /a jts 1 ~ 9, • jsm Jj si * 9 J fj & * -* 4 -1 € W # Wi W " i W a r— J # L # • * J I’ve plunged beneath the cleansing flood, Heavenward I am go - ing. I soon shall join the saints a - bove, Heavenward I am go - ing. For Christ doth all the burdens share, Heavenward I am go - ing. Where sin and care can 1 r* nev -er come, Heavenward I am go - ing. 1 * » r & 8 £ J % 1 L 1 | II 1 £ j | H 2 • r^l I [J rf) p £ .. 1 1 U* & “ , ! 1 1 y L k f [ ' » I — , — f . -A 9 W Ml £~~~r ' a Cj ^ 1 i/ r CTU u r Chorus. _o_ it > k 1 k 1 1 ~ === T ==== s N U 1 j ? j li , r j j zr — is 1^ TT jj-T — . _ # • 4 if ® £^r~ jr\ J 4 n 1 =1 I % 8 S § ■ • * m 9 i % & ^ j M d am m m & W 9 W ; rn j W iff. • fj w * ' Heav-ei ' ~ ~ ® ^ i-ward go-ing, Homeward going, Swiftly the hours pass a - wa} P I s =» =- 1 .f~ ’ -fi & -f- '* - . 7 - is n o> L £ #•> u £ m • » p £ r -p 1 1 tSLep J £ j r - f J- 1 C^f - 1 1 1 nr r ^ l . r — 55 — $ • " i \J. £ £ wP \J. u p b ! , l r b 1 Jr - r j ^ 1 ^ ^ + V ^ 7 j - ^ 1 =fii= r=- /?s 1 1 m m d | . P 1 s| ~ k ^ p — a — ~r ^ a P £ 1 £ 8 & ' • d — 1 “ • • • Id 5 J 5. J 1 £ — 1 £ £ £ * — i tJ • • d 9 9 S '• d~ * j 9 9 Soon I shall join the ransomed throng, Heavenward I am go - ing. ± ! . . ^ . -f- ? i — : m. £_ # m 0 i p • £ £ ■ r tSJs* u ....... r £ £ r m u. — -—n- n~ 1 1 "b -I ^ ^ _U_ U ^ P P P P P . r 1 : H ^ — i H/ — v — v — i — k- 1 -1 — - — ■ g Lj 0 IJ 23 No. 22. There’s Cleansing in the Blood. Rev. ISAAC NAYLOR. $ Copyright, 1894, by J. m. black. USED BY PER. JAMES M, BLACK. =t= — -A A E=t 1. Oh! hast - en now to Calv’ry’s mountain, There’s cleansing in the 2. “Come now, to-geth-er let us rea-son,” There’s cleansing in the 3. Your heart is full of sin and sad-ness, There’s cleansing in the 4. At morn-ing, noon and night I’m sing-ing,There’s cleansing in the f » -* l * I ■s—r — r- ± 5= rrvi r~f F 9 — -j- 9 r pre-cious blood; And plunge in - to the flow - ing fount - ain, There’s pre-cious blood; Al-though your sins be red like crim - son, There’s pre-cious blood; In Je - susthere is joy and glad - ness, There’s pre-cious blood; Oh! let us keep the an -them ring - ing, There’s rrrrr -0-rH?. -N k — i — 1- ‘ I 1 -N fr j : H / Pf h * m - - J L -■ i? 3/ * 1 [hi u * « • # J J J 1 r 0 • & 4 w • 0 0 4 9 eJ - 9 - : -I- -&-• 9 ~ # 1 cleans-ing in the pre-cious blood. There’s cleansing! , ^ 1 ^ Ny ^ ^ -p- • -p- n the pre-cious > ■ f- . . y^V # | K 17 r 1 n r w 0 r 1 r 1 " r w Hi • » 9 • # 1 9 0 1 T 1 ^ 1 ? Mi la u 0 4 a V^k Jy u. _ u r r 1 1 r r; r r, W r , * P V V 1- =1= l b* £ b * £ H J J r .s

P- 0 ?=q 1 r 1 r 1 ! L r 0 la -J U I # jr-r — [ m 9 9 9 9 q w r u y . . - y ] ±d V_^k i_ O V1I11 r v \j p ^ frrH / -/ 1 v 1 V V Lb — 1 -Q-rV — T' ■ h • fn i — rti K N — P — ... 1 0 1 -j A s-1 -J k. .. fs v ( II ->-Hr u~i f 1 1 J. U. YJ k« . h r ' p -fSv p J E vPlj2lII 1 — g — 9 1 1 0 s a 1/0 a 0 0 j. 1 1 -1 ~~4 — * S m t J T ' 9 $' i 0- 1 Ford draweth nigh, When from His redeem’d ones, the fcch - 0 of soi daughters are free; Our Sav-ior hath conquered, the bat - tie hath w val - ley ring out; ’Till all the glad world shall re - ech - 0 thestn pres-sion a - rise, And tell the glad sto - ry a - gain and a - gi V . . ££ £ P , J JUL. 0 ag on, liiij lin, J /'<*)• u 1 T L L 1 — ^ J ffthrP — r _ .._j- F t 9 * r r 9 • # 0 0 i 9 & u u— Xi t m m r f u c v 1^7 b V— 4 — 1 — b -U— P=t<=— 1=4 / b— Chorus. A W \ P J h N w J is Jv I7T17 1 ^ 1 S . n .... k — V. i 1 a' . j/y U l, J f 1 1 hJ -0 0 1-0 r iJ j , ! J J J J ..fl.0 JLlJL I 9 9 0 M 0 0 2 0 0 9 0 J 2 J J- I if. . » . S 2 2 « 9 tr # Shall His h 1 And n Your so 0 V V 9 fill all the earth and the .eirs to the king-dom are lill-ions of free men shall £ ngs waft them on to the 0N^0 sky. -j we. ) ihout. j sky. J 1 4 1/ All glo - ry to Je - sus our h ±. 0 0.0 0 0 0 I /£> w 0 -0 0 0 — 4.0 m 0 i J L i — I 1 —Tin .. 1/ r ^ r r r r r 0 • 0 0 0 0 0.... V— L, J 1 1 1 1 1 / 1 1 11 1 } 17 17 m • U r yr r 1 ^-[7 ~V V V V V V ^irJ~~*~h P 1 v~~T~ 4 " "h - f— j* - -41 tSG -r-T r tf Sav-ior and King; Who reigneth vie - to-rious a - -- t p : p * r » A A * # ^ b 0 0 0 __ 0 0 1 ... 1 l 1 l L - bove,Forl -j0— 5 — -0 0 — de hath re- =br:g f f- p T P- «Ffcl 25 No. 24 O Be Ready. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. J. J. E. words and music. Rev. J. J. EXCELL O 1 . L_ J N h {v 1 j J J P P 7 # • , _1 JS _P JS J _J 4 8 • P ? • p ~L zfc V4 « J _P *L • B j J I af~« ~N v: 7 4 # • * f • # IP * 0 0 KP 1 U r -# • # 9 / k' 1. 0 be read-y for the com-ing day , When the Bridegroom calls the 2 . 0 be faith-ful ’till the com-ing day, With your garments pure and 3. 0 be pa-tient ’till the com-ing day, Wait - ing, watching, as you A .... 8 * A ® • P: A P ^ A • A 0 • A * • a /a'N • A 2 • 'mb a * A A * A 2 - f p p r 5 p P' ' ■ /) 1 U M / J ) — « I 1 7 7 7 7 i/ _L_ L_ _L 7 7 7 7 7 -frr— it— n— -nr 3 if* v s 7 Za J j P__! j D N. J Jy j | ^ fri J . 4 .. J JV J • m 7 * "0 ^ 0 • a ~ w, 0 * J- -tj "" - J fj j * • • i " f ^ Bride a - way; Keep the Gos - pel Ban - ner in the fray, white al - way; Trust in Him, He is the on - ly way, work and pray; Walk - ing on - ly in the King’s high-way, tim -d- fe# S ‘ "fc_ g • . e • -fi „ * /fry r f ! * A « ' 2 IA • 'la - 5 2 1 |yA*| | a _i_ _L_ r ...... P P P P Tp P 1 VLxk W r m h/ hJ- rL W 7 T te fcr p j | — 7 7 7 7/ r 1 P _ r r r 1 Chorus. -ipr— j- — « — 7 — * >, ■ ^7 • . — 1 1 3 1 J N -N — —l—l ^ • J fS ^ • s* fnsy J J f J J -f* a _j 4 # • S 4 5 S ^ J 9 i p And be read - 3 And be read - 3 And be read - 3 & • £ « • . -IP- ( 7 when the Bridegroom comes. \ 7 when the Bridegroom comes. - 0 be read - y, r when the Bridegroom comes. ) Pi a • 0 Pi_ # ^ r - p p * - /aA • i i C ^ L_ i i 1^5 J 1 Sk * A A A • 1 TT 7 ., ■ 1 1 t r pp_j 1 1 T 7 | N* x^h a * a « • m w • 0 a? W If N ^ ' r C C $ b 5 * f— ^ II 7 i» 7 V !=] 9- -1 4t i- — ^ ~^=r j-r-p# N — .__H ^s= AS / S: 7 j J — 7— — « • p 'X. O -#- be read - y, •p p -p— O be read - y, r*-:f # : p 7 for He co -:,Xf ? (5 Lff- mes this way; O -#- -f5^A be * 9 -L U K ^ _ i— — r t- 5- X 1 7 7 7 7 7 1 -ft — ■N A •A ' \ -A r s -n --f— i — i — 4— — 4 — S- ,N 1 fj- * y* (V J V* p m • P • m j 1 — a E — . 1 i « « . »< \J ...K Ll Jt » _ 11 1 / b, r » / — j -| — ! H > 1 ^— Ll 7 7 7 7 7 1— t ij No, 25. R K. C. What a Reaping. Copyright 1899, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. R. KELSO CARTER. BE JhMJ_J J-ffl - 9 #- “* -'^s- -9- -9- -tl- 5 1. Oh! the sow-ing time seems wea-ry And full oft the workers cry 2. In the sor- row and the suff’ring When each breath is but a sigh; 3. When our hearts are strained to breaking, Comfort other suff-’rers nigh ; 4. For the love of Christ is flow -ing In a stream that’s nev-er dry; fr, b-tf r~"--iT - -i 1 — pq-l — !_ ^Trf+^-r Tr " it ■®h 3= t To the Lord who rules the har - vest, For the reap- ing bye and bye. Tho’ we sow in tears, re-mem -ber There’s a reap- ing bye and bye. And our har - vest will be doub-led In the reap- ing bye and bye. He will wa - ter all our sow-ing, For the reap-ing bye and bye. gg y f _DF. . Chorus. r What a reap - ing, reap • ing, What a What a reaping, what a reaping, what a reap - ing that will be, &- rtwtmt TTtijj ■S1-— za reaping it will be bye and bye, Kv’ry sorrow we have known, by and bye, 0 - * _ I * v v i/ i i/ u r t \ I* * .» *»* * * k ; ; il Ev’ry tear that we have sown, What a reaping it will be bye and bye! No. 26. Let Him in. r "I J I ' |~ N A I J j -i ^^=^=[=g — f— S^ =^g:^=j=j= J-^— »- 5* P "T Fet Him in, ere He is gone, Fet Him in, the Ho - ly Let Him in, He is your Friend, He your soul will sure de - He is stand-ing at the door, Joy to you He will re - He will speak your sins for - giv’n, And when earth ties all are Jf. j0L. -pt. One, fend, store, riv’n, & ffcfc 1 t=W- Je - sus Christ, the Father’s Son, He will keep you to the end, And His name you will a - dore, He will take you home to heav’n, r i TC £ A A Fet Fet Fet Fet Fet the Savior in, JS Him in. Him in. Him in. Him in. let the Savior in. 3t±=t tt i#s 28 No. 27. Something for Thee. WM. H. GARDNER. copyright, 1892 , by e. o. excell. E. H. PACKARD. m long wick #- 8 8 y of some use to be; Then tell me, I pray Thee, dear ■ ed their guilt to see, Yet sure - ly some path - way is er have come to me, But free - ly I lay on Thine 3 , , & -Q- s IV- r-H- H — P- ^ \ |- jT 7 V y — n — n — y--f- 1-T" - - 1 5 - p 1 N T • M . »• " 1 9^9 0 L® — 1 # # # — 1 . # — IJ tell me, I pray Thee, dear Master, How may I do something for Thee? - m f- B # " * 8 A iR A o ' A9 — i — # — 2 — 2 — 0 0 — H 0 — 9 — 0 — i-J? #- 3 — P — * u — y—v — v — v — v— -! 1 1 1 * » n — 3 3- 3 q fH= :: 29 No. 28 ! Never will Cease to Love Him. C. H. G. Copyright, 1894, by E. O. Exceu.. Words and Music. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. „ N N s ; j N — N 4=4 ms* r p r 1/ 1. For all the Lord has done for me, I nev-er will cease to love Him; 2. He gives me strength for ev’ry day, I nev-er will cease to love Him; 3. He saves me ev - 5 ry day and hour, I nev-er will cease to love Him; 4. While on my journey here be - low, I nev-er will cease to love Him; . f- -r , f f, V — h/- -tap if. H ■ 5 — ? t/ 1/ ^ 5 U u H ^ ^ ^ p • S V fc. 1 I v v m S s. N. B > 1 ^ r r 1 I A * P iff rff ®| jft ml -ml J E Vv i J _ £ 2 £ m rp * ff £ P L_P J r * * y v v ~ * v -3- 1/ And for His grace so rich and free, I nev-er will cease to love Him. He leads and guides me all the w T ay, I nev-er will cease to love Him. Just now I feel His cleansing pow’r, I nev-er will cease to love Him. And when to that bright world I go, I nev-er will cease to love Him. & off ~P: & At ~ m » - ^ /-Yfr u * | [ ! 1 ! ! ^ r m r r 1 1 r ^ Iff 1 ’ 0 » a | | I ) _l 1 (- 1 P » I W 7 # # 1 ^ P 1434 LA ==trn 14 U — V — ir w w? W Lf. 1 j * Lb — M-J l a #:l= Chorus. -1 — 1 — 1 — -ip — m — m- -& — b 1 — V 5 1 ^ I j u <, \, P P * * \J ^ y \ j I nev-er will cease to love Him, My Sav-ior, my Sav-ior; I nev-er will cease to love Him, He’s my Sav-ior, He’s my Sav-ior; -~ r , • • • P - .-r =' t'—ti ■» r-» * — * £ ^ » , j*. r :P=f=f= # — h **?£ HP — IP — IP- s : I v — u- 'J ^ V V V V y I nev-er will cease to love Him, He’s done so much for I nev-er will cease to love Him, For He’s done so much for -p- #- -P- P- P- fi — « — ±r r f~ L — * — • me. me. mm -\zs arzp: - 4 = 4 - 30 lp -f— r No. 29. Come! Sinner, Come. Copyright^ 1899, by E. o. Excell. H. U. ONDERDONK. ' words and music. DUET. HENRY A. LEWIS. 1 — (7 . V p h . r - — v | p ri - n — 1 pv— !— — Pv __j 1 p — ■stp o iJ J V- t — — 9 ___ _* • J m . J m AJt a -J- J 9 . | * jr # * -9 -9- -9- 9 9 % J # 9 1. TheSpir-it, in our hearts, Is whisp’ring,“Sin-ner, come;” The 2. Let him that hear - eth say To all a - bout him, “come!” Let 3. So Je - sus who in - vites, De-clares “I quick-ly come;” Lord, /zrr. l. _j _j -4 ~i§ 4 -jf r^TTVTl - *1 1 2| __j — * 1 • _+-= _| s\ _| j — 4 • — 4 \ V" a — L-w-* — * — J . # . -Q-r? — — “tes, zz f* j t- I r J — -f3 m H^vi — 1 H 7— _J 9l I # i 1 ___j i _j j v 7 9 9 2 9_B2 9 9 9 1 LJ J J 9 J 1 9 9 9 ^ 5 . 99 - Bride, the Church of Christ, proclaimsTo all His chil-dren, ' him that thirsts for right-eous-ness, To Christ, the Foun-tain, e - ven so, we wait Thine hour, O blest Re-deem - er, _ „ ' J .1 _ 9s^9 ‘come!” , come, come. 1— -I . /fcV u — 1 | n _4 1 I| ! Zj # _| ^ J 11 1/ 9 ^ 9 • ^ 1 Chorus. n h 1 1_ J t U I \} A ■ H H -9 9 ^ ] j vppr 4 l * 1 - w ^ • — • — y- . \> l* Guard us, guide us, keep us, feed us, For we have no help but Thee; Thou didst tread this earth be-fore us, Thou didst feel its keenest woe; Love with ev - ’ry pas-sion blend-ing, Pleas-ure free from sin’s al-loy ; ns -* » & 0 0 0 _) 1 1 U 1 §0 Z -g-0- f-t l g v — U v - m Yet pos - sess-ing ev - ’ry bless-ing, If our God our Fa - ther be; Lone and drear-y, faint and wea - ry, Thro’ the des-ert Thou didst go; Thus pro-vid - ed, pardoned, guided, Nothing can our peace de - stroy; m =f = q* == P = rg f=f- •&- t±± = 8 = ^2- . bz_L L:- :L ^ i= TT u C C C C £ =j=t -G &c- 1 9 9 ? tO I Yet pos - sess-ing ev - ’ry bless-ing, If our God our Fa-ther be. Lone and drear - y, faint and wea - ry , Thro’ the des - ert Thou didst go. Thus pro - vid - ed, pardoned, guided, Noth-ing can our peace de-stroy, p=£=£=p= it ^k=fc= — r-v — v £=*= I*--#- » m o» tnr 32 No. 31. Victory Waits The Faithful. MINNIE B. JOHNSON. [N Copyright, 1898, by e. O. Words and Music. Excell. — iw- \ . RAN. C. STORY. -V~W 7 \ d L 2 _ - !?a J _ * 9 _ J. ir\\ 1 M a i . - -d • m m m X * 9 d W 9 9 • i L -- ~ L_ . w - r 3 9 9 9 & • 1 * i. On, on, ye faith - ful, Nev - ■ er, nev - er wea - ry, 2. On, on for Je - sus, Who is ev - er lead - ing, 3. Shout, shout for J e - sus, Cap - tain of the clips - en, .. J* 1 _ ». .9 • -9- f - 9 - jPt 9. , 7 EW 1 P 9 9 . 9 9 • p_ .9 - 9 m _ 1 — 1 L 1— u L XZs 7\ U LL u Lt L j 1 L _ ; ^ ' n jt 1 w \ J j 1 J 1 !S j V % J ^ - J d d 4 . /T' J „ _ J J * -j. - e ±fP_ ^ 1 —1 — • 9 . OK { x -M * r 4 £ *d -J 9 9 : i - H — XZT 9 <3 r • 9 9 tJ C k k ling to the S ift up His h ead-ing the h( P- P • ^ 9 9 av - ior, He is nigh, kift up the fall - e an - ner, Wave it high; Step with the fore-mc ists of Barth and sky ; Soon will these fore - e * +- +- jv* . . J J p ;n, 1st, iS P r r » r - 9 9 • ~0 e 9 t dft r ip ^ r T p P a 9 0 9 r r CS 1 t p 1 1 * — b— — M L 1 Q tf ^ . v / rf N ^ P 1 ns _j 4^ Ag K K N / P ^ J i p J. . j 4 3 • J f 1 « • * 2 9 9 ’ * m 9 V z # • r ^ psi ® 9.9 9 p r ^ r ® # y w Hold them up for Je - sus, Vic - t’ry waits the faith - ful Read-y for each du - ty, Vic - t’ry waits the faith - ful Join in ho - ly tri-umph Vic - t’ry waits the faith - ful « . • ' £ * "S m ® -» s . •? * ZSV't* |P • » P « p p ^ 1 j | L _ ! 1 1 n . b p «9 V4 7 b b b [ V w ± & # — # 1. Oh! the joy of know-ing Christ is all I need, His full hand be- 2. Oh! the bliss of giv-ing all of self to Christ, Dai - ly, hour - ly 3. This shall be my mis-sion as the days go by, This my soul’s am- O- : -fr 3?- -h- -P- ^= g- i r-t' 1 H = t+T=t : SS=irl4 44 i 444 a 4 &/ — rr stow-ing bread my soul to feed, His dear love sup-ply - ing faith thro’ liv - ing on His love un-priced; While His will o - bey-ing, this my bi - tion as the mo-ments fly; Je - sus, on - ly Je - sus, He our t a — m- t rrrr rt , t > Fink. ra= 5 iT~r~^ 5 4S : - I + ±E$ ~ir 1 35 No. 34. Count Your Blessings. Rev. J. OATMAN, Jr. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. 0. EXCELL, WORDS AND MUSIC. E. 0. EXCELL. N — N * l m=£ EO j When up -on life’s bil-lows you are tempest-tossed, When you are dis- * [ Count your man-y blessings, name them one by one, And it will sur- { Are you ev - er burdened with a load of care? Does the cross seem * ^ Count your man-y blessings, ev-’ry doubt will fly, And you will be jr±1r-r-fc -* — * # — * — * — •- t r r v y 1 Chorus. couraged, thinking all is lost, Count your blessings, prise you, what the ( Omit . . . ) Lord hath done, heav - y you are called to bear? sing - ing as the {Omit. . . ) days go by. Count your many blessings, ^ . - f f f f , 9-,-b — fr-n “1 P P — * — ^ i— i y Fhi r J J s ® d J -T J <3 P 2 A 9 & 4 A m * d r 9 2 * m C V T W A e • m Name thet Na none by one; Count your blessings, See what God hath done; me them one by one; Count your many blessings, See what God hath done; e me e e» Q e m m m m m m 1 7ZV' u r UFi i ii! ■ i i i i ... i ... _ i _ 1/ V* r r 4 r n* rs i p p W'k u ^ h 1 1 r — 'Oi - m - n* Wft— y 1 r 1 Uft 1ft ftl ■ w m i ixrirz— V I) 4?— p= L h g-T-f-f- a-V-L n U JW LL N > ^ N ~LA V._. • 4? _ A J ^ ^ j n ill m m e . but I • i r i { « I r * ti A 0 L ? * J L LI r _ r r i 17 1 i/ ^ Count your blessings, Name them one by on Count your many blessings, -9- -9- j* -9- -9- #- -9- e m e ^ "ir "far “far * l j/ \J U 1/ " ie; Count your many blessings, .. -h 1 ~h~ T : "h 1 ~£~ ~£- /»v u r r c .. r r ~r ~ ~r i ? r~r~zjr ~3 i/. m e 9 m i j , j \* i j \ j i . j □ p j # w - \ v^k h i r i i 1/ n/ < Ir r f. V / 1 ■It — 1 L' — V — ! k- 1 f Szzt i ! See what God hath done. w ( s I V- t=t 1 When you look at others with their lands and gold, [untold; Think that Christ has promised you His wealth Count your many blessings, money cannot buy Your reward in heaven, nor your home on high. So amid the conflict, whether great or small, Do not be discouraged, God is over all; Count your many blessings, angels will attend, Help and comfort give you to your journey’s end. 36 No. 35. R. K. C. Behold The Lamb. Copyright, 1899, byE.O. Excelu. Words and music. R. KELSO CARTER. ■&r _ -ih ~ 1 . Be-hold , behold the Lamb of God ! The Lamb for sin-ners slain ; That 2. Be-hold the Lamb of God! who had No place to lay His head; Re- 3. Be-hold, behold the Lamb of God! By death and sin as - sailed; The 4. Be-hold, behold the Lamb of God! Redeemed from sin I am, I’m -*• • -*• j . . • » j . » m P^=K =ss= r fj * * tak-eth a - way the sin of the world, That bore our grief and pain, ject-ed of men, the gift of God, A Lamb to Cal-v’ry led. heav’nsthey re-sound to praise His name, By love He hath prevailed, un - der the blood and now I sing, Be-hold, be-hold the Lamb! ^ -* •- «- 1 £ it &-*r\ r i Chorus. 4# r b b b b * ^ Be-hold the Lamb! The Lamb of God, Be - hold the Lamb Be- The Lamb of God, * £- _2| —I ■*— -1 — rh t-t W b p - -H §Sl 1/^1/ hold the Lamb of God, That taketh a - way The Lamb of God, That taketh a-way P- P- ______ 3 ig -f = f- 0 #- ±=Z± -=1— f-f 1 - y-y i/ d= 1 the sin of the world, Be - hold the Lamb of God! the sin of the world, P- P- P- P P- P- P- *£- -£2-* -=b— £- t=t 0 37 No. 36. Joy To-day. Copyright, 1898, by E. O. Excelc. C, B. A, Ait, words and music. Mrs. CARRIE B, ADAMS, ~~ 9 ~ | b" a n S N -Nr N~ rhfr r ^ — 4 — -NH K _j _k r - ^ 1 J J __i J_ 5 i n « k a v -j . 1 ivrr. ( y J- d^ J g A A 1 J £ __ 5 • d 1 d L d XT O 5 “ 2 2 « S i v 9 m A - . - - - * * U ' ^ ~ 9 ~ 1. Joy to the world, the Lord is come! Joy, joy to-day; Let ev-’ry 2. Joy to the world, the Savior reigns! Joy, joy to - day; Sound it a- 3. He rules the world with truth and grace, Joy, joy to-day; Theglories _P_ _P_ ifi'T' ? • # t « p p 0 p # • * p ^ « p p # r i 1 r , , 17 t ) TTT - w V # ^ 'e. p il « . L 1 y P . » -j 7 jp 5 Vd>h h o , b , , r ... l j 1 L " &_Q iJ & b L L _L ij L 1 p t: ^ _L L L ' ■ ' ' r j n , i 7tv ^ 1 1 i* J J K ~ 1 Bto ^ H j , / U L, I 1 h n _ 9 d N i j « V" | 7 ^~d 1 » 5 1 j j j ITTTtr 9 1 1 T ^ P 2 ' p ^ ^ • at & ~ 1 1. ^ • 2^Pl 2 £ P i £ ‘ ~ ~ heart pre-pare Him room, Joy, joy to - day. Let earth re-ceive her King, far o’er hills and plains, Joy, joy to - day. Re - peat the sounding joy, of His right-eous-ness, Joy, joy to - day. He makes the na-tions prove _P P P P 0. ~P~ * H ^ P"T"P 9*8 9 8 9 9 /•V u * | ; ks % t: . T j . I 1 j j 1 {£>, 17 |p Ji > f " . jp-..^ f f f L L *-] _ j . 1 j 1 j ^ u .| , # • , L • L y 7 t v 1 L l f f f P ' -( /i n r, 1 1 I _| I^T P 1 7, v 1 . 9 J —1 Z"%.. k. - 1 l^_ j > A u— J -^j j J 1 i drj 1 ■ - v L. i - 1 If \Z_ TA • ^ .Ml $ at M ac. 1 d. -..J _ g. f j m 1^ 1 v^T 2 -P2P • . ? £ p __d • ? P - 2 m l 1 vj*' Let heav’n and nature sing, Let heav’n and nature sing, Re-peat the sounding joy, And men their songs employ The wonders of His love, The wonders of His love, p • m. 9 9 0 q ~P~ , ftp •_ .^p- ~d~ ^ fyf Joy, joy to -day. , Joy, joy to -day. Joy, joy to - day. 9 m /W\ • l-. ! ; ' I 1 r h> « r 9 •_ r r p • #-l IVV- \7 p • * £ £ i 9 & 1 r F □ p r r r .p - pi X 2 Tb (- I i r r 1 £ • I j ' H r ( lit 9

h K 1 1 J\u r I 1 P n n . y [l u J d d d — d — m — m 2 1 1 — -2 — n P 3 7 ) 1^11 r 17 *, 2 — f — * -rd-f d # _ d d _d 'JJ V T A m- r- fF -V IT ^ rg-^ ^ r ty ~ 1 V There’s joy to-day, there’: r- .«■ -f- -P- : V 1 s joy to-day, Let heav’n and n a-ilp- * j ; # a-ture sing. 9 9^9 fe 45. u 9 - TU r h' m r 1 i II zkj 7 __L _r ! \ j 1 r j r r 9- • p m ■ j i ! * r~ T j y " ta u r, ,1 JJ “ (7 ** 1 Mr 1 - X- -P- ^ f—tr^ No. 37. The Cross is not Greater. B. B. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. 0. EXCEU.. Commander BALLINGTON BOOTH. 1 j — | JS £ E ; ^ 7=K±1 -0-^Z * * S: S % i # • * j~ v „ 1. The cross that He gave may be heavy, But it ne’er outweighs His grace; 2. The thorns in my path are not sharper Than composed His crown for me; 3. The light of His love shines the brighter As it falls on paths of woe; 4. His will I have joy in ful-fill - ing As I’m walking in His sight; -v.J ! TTi U± J »«p» mmm ! . -©-mi® r tr f 1 = r r r * — - 1 1/ 1 y w 1 The storm that I feared may surround me, But it ne’er excludes His face. The cup which I drink not more bitter Than He drank in Gethsemane. The toil of my work grows lighter As I stoop to raise the low. My all to the blood I am bringing, It a-lone can keep me right. No. 38. No Room in the Inn. A. L. SKILTON, Slow . COPYRIGHT, 1891, BY R. KELSO CARTER. E. O, EXCELL, OWNER. E. GRACE UPDEGRAFF. X — N- fc=r r- — 1 N H— 1 0 - 4 - TT -S-. -J- -s- 9 • -i *1 ?. 1 ^3—— *— 5 — 4- a|- *■ • -4.-4-. Hr — 8 — °0-i — i v y 1. No beau-ti-ful chain - ber, No soft cra-dle bed, No place but a 2 . No sweet con-se-cra - tion, No seeking His part, No hu-mil-i- 3 . No one to re-ceive Him, No welcome while here, No balm to re - 1 h ,^ t _____ ^ -jJ -J * j 1 m (s 1 ^ I 4 _ J . ^ . 4 . 4 - 4 SSSa. S • 4.. P --4 4 _« * _ 3 4 p i i - r t — r w — r - 4 S F rh^h 4 • 4 4 4 w 0 1 J y \ u p • Lzj J __J b , 1 ■ 1 1 1 r — Q 4 . 4 4 1 - b -4 . 44 ^ r 4 = 1 t 5 1 -- W K 7~'* | 1 _j __P TV - p 1 I 4 f r i r j 4 * L -S I J J J uj 0 4 r® 1 T $ • J 0 — sj t 1 jj p 4 j x T 10 • 2 • !S. A m 1 14 4. * 4 • <1 * . 4 9 4 '4 : . 1 p— ^ ^ ^ w man - ger, No-where for His a - tion, No place in the lieve Him, No staff but a t : ‘ * . -* • * J — 4 — |P. head; No prais-es of glad-ness, heart; No tho’t of the Sav - ior, spear; No seek-ing His treas - ure, -p- # f -p- » . « . Ti+f — ! ' 4 : • L L L 4_ p 1 r 1 i 9 • 4 . 1 111 1 ! 1 l _ m * la 1 * V r 1 v^_f — p _ k • — « * p -4— — 4— — J P P P— 4 - 4 1 T i? F 1 ? tn 4 * V 3 : £ -N—N Rit. ~N — N — N' -f-v- 4*^ No No No ~l H i- — P— — l^-l- tho’t of their sin, No glo-ry but sadness, No room in the inn. sor-row for sin, No pray’r for His fa-vor, No room in the inn. weeping for sin, No do-ingHis pleasure, No room in the inn. Ji-. -0L (ff- It -v—v- r-f- -v — V- • ft -v—v—v- =4z41 yj Chorus. / 0 4+ ^ J \ «■ . , _1 w 1 k __l 1 -1 — i ~T 1 y 0 J\ r - 4 -4 H l-H H 1 J J —A- A 1 V ry H , 4l 4 ® ~4! J • % % r 4 4 # # 4 • 4 1 hr 9"4 4 4 4 4 4 r r 9 E 9, • 4 _j t r ® Nc ' ..Vi i • * J y lb ) room, no room for Je - sus, Oh, give Him wel -come free, Lest # J3. » «*. .. - g - _* r >- -(»_ 1 r 1 — 4 . 9 4 : r W w w ~ J J ^ 1 ^ — r ” F — f ! j [j H4 * m 0 1 J “ -9 9 4 '9 b - r y 1 y " ! 5 F ^ 1 — t— 1 ^ - L ! K—f N-1 H- 7 ~T ^ d i s r* • s : you should hear at b „ fr. . 0 . S5g * bf -9 P P P S # 5* eav-en’s gate, “There 9 0 4 — Fk b — * t — -4 — 4 ai — • P |S- is no room for F?=r — t .£= -* 4 t 1 31 - — 4 —4 hee . 5 '.--j 1 > 1 ^ -.t. V--t -.•■-T5- c l- b — 1— l7 ' 4 ? E — p P— 4= =:=::: b ' — 1 ^ y .y — H No. 39. In the Shadow of the Cross. Copyright, 1899 , by E.O. Excell. E. C. MACARTNEY. Words and Music. HOWARD E. SMITH. O- w 1 S hi th Pv PK W __ _ _ H 7 TV 7/1 P K J J _K N HZ E w J / k * ^ H ^ 1 1 ( \ v A 3 Z • € J- J III/ -f i . M J J 1 _ 9 • 1 z • 0 J J tJ #-• # * 9 - 0 - 9 * ' 9 o 1. In the shad-ow of the Cross, I have laid my bur-dens down, 2. In the shad-ow of the Cross I have found a ref - uge sweet, 2 In the shad-ow of the Cross, There my lov-ing Sav-ior died, r r r r r r r~ r r i t ::t z 9 \r # „ — “t -1 t tin 0 h 1 Vw/k lVa f . r L L 1 r r u.. 0 f f, — f — * i — I 17 v 4 0 __0 0 • 0 . 0 r □ [ , k , k 0 ' V f) U 1 w \ 0 b 1 / V N IS |s , , \ p ^ ^ ^ p > IS I s N I y 1 1 / k py J H -j* j p K J J J k l 7 J 0 0-0 0 • *i J i pi • m j • ^ 0 B 1 i n ^ n ] m • 3 7 ^ n n • J . J _ ' j . j j j - . ^ J . J J J n 9 ' 40 w V V • V ™ V • 0 V • v ™ W v fj - 0 - % 9 I am count-ing all but loss, Till I gain the heav'nly crown; Calm and peace-ful is my rest, In that safe and sure re-treat; Cru - el thorns up - on His brow, And the wound-prints in His side, - • - . . • •!*: . A • I s . ^ L, | __ r r • & r ^ ” 0 • , A (P '1 V k 0 • 0 T — n fc h 0 i , k k 0 v^k yy r r it i i 0 • u l V X) 1 # . w 0 • » 0*0 J r __ r 3 * 1 C 5 ' 5 i u • 1 4- 5 i 5 =a= » V 1 m Tho’ the way be dark and drear, And life’s bil- lows o’er me toss, All my hopes on Christ are stayed, And all world - ly things are dross, ’Twasfor me He bore the pain, ’Twas for me He suf-fered loss, » ~ f •— 0 r 0-0 9-0 0 fc TTt fr-IF 3 = 0 u I £ I Fine. fci 3 t fc^P-ih-ah -0 I am safe from ev - Naught can make my heart That I might a ref - ./■ j /• ’ry fear, In the shad-ow of the cross, a - fraid, In the shad-ow of the cross, uge gain, In the shad-ow of the cross. I -e-P 1 £ 0—0 ~ 0 --— j - 0 — - 1 ~k — h 5 — I IF $=%- T7 ^ am resting In the shad-ow of d. s. — sweet- ly I Chorus. N b M ;u ; ;::i: ; the cross. D.S. -X in 3= In the shad-ow of IN hi the cross, In the shad-ow of the Cross. $=m m 41 No. 40. Go Forward, O Worker. W- A. O. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. O. EXCELL, W. A. OGDEN. W0RD8 AND MUSIC. 3 \ S K * r— r 1 “t N -P- . it s . J . jv J J r t i ! -~d. • « — — « — f a * a r 1 ^ 1 S) v 1 u 2 ! ! “1 ! 0 P "2 J b ' -0- f ® 5 * 1. Go for - ward, O work-er for Je - sus! Thy du - ty be - 2. Go for - ward, O work-er for Je - sus! ho!yon-der a- 3. Go for - ward, O work-er for Je - sus! The world for the 4. Go for - ward, O work-er for Je - sus! Thy serv - ice He’ll u. ~ N N # N 1 - _K _ - • - - imOft li-r* r j : * n • r 1 L kSTaI i 3 • i . 0 [ 0 0 0 3 ’ 1 ^ 1 1 1 * o_k & • a i b b I b b i? • # / on if 2 - 1 T i w \ I N \ k x x h ^ l 1 / T+ J r > r -w J Tj ^ 2 ' V JE r a ~ r i L_if 3 „ J SP C 0 0 0 1 m — S I? X— J fi J Ul J _j j j 3 J 3 3 * 1 vs J • * > U 0 j j j m . dm xm lj. m < tJ r ‘ $>0 • fore thee is plain; A field for thy la - bor is 0 - pen, waiting there stands The work which the Mas - ter hath giv’n thee, Mas-ter to win; Go tell of His won drous sal - va - tion, glad-ly re - ward; A crown of re - joic - ing He giv - eth ziWft r r r r r r 0 • r 0 m m r V a • « 1 » • p p r f # • p w’ ip * “ 3 — 1 j 11 1 m •j ^ 1 "n f ■ | j m • 9 0 rb — b — r r w — ■ " ' * i H b ' ” " U ^ i J Chorus. I iM IV =5= — i—p =i A -rise! the Mas-ter’s N_ $*-■ And Je - sus is call - ing a - gain. Go la - bor as Je - sus com-mands. To souls that are dy - ing in sin. To those who be - lieve on His word. N p - gpga m . T — T Jt ' k ~ -1 0 ^ r-i JS— - 1 r 1 r\ iff ■ i x _n p . _pv_. _J iTrv^ ^ S 1 9 p 1 0 i m t m m 3 5 J Xs\} % 0 2 J J . p 4 f • •• r v v v v er v v ^ ^ 0 si call 0 - bey, And to His vineyard haste a - way; Go .. _ r : . r : 0 jn ' * -a- - # p la - bor FT 1 m \ J r 0 r p T P W p p # i P P p 4 % -- # 1 r 1 i j ] - 1 f f w ! * y |i » !j b b J 0 4 1 1— 1 1 1 L i y -r-r 1 r-^ ^ i — A jt 1 N 1 x J J b d 3 2 j T 3 p J P • » JJ w' _ J i 2 p 2 2 2 2 2 _ 5 0 i fj * & -0- - 3 - ^ w ’ while ’tis called to - day, For soon the night cometh a - _p_ -0- 41 A A A A * A <1 1 1 ff gain. e22i swyr I T r r r t r c r r ■ i._. _ : il 1 I 4 k p > . p b p_. l! 5 3 3 “ ‘ — - - p 3 ! 1 i f > J 1 . ^ . 1 . ia p . . r b 7 1 J .. i -7 t J 1 J 0 • 1 i 11 i k 1 42 1 No. 41. Anywhere With Jesus. JESSIE H. BROWN. COPYRIGHT, 1887, BY D. B. TOWNER. Used by Per. p I iiz z=£i m D. B. T 1. A - ny- where with Je-sus I can safe-ly go, A - ny-where He 2. A - ny-where with Je-sus I am not a - lone, Oth - er friends may 3. A- ny- where with Je-sus I can go to sleep, When the dark-’ning a * * .... • J > J ^ t f f .£4 f £ m $ at $ s 1 V leads me in this world be - low, A - ny-where without Him, dear-est fail me, He is still my own; Tho’ His hand may lead me o - ver shad-ows round a - bout me creep; Knowing I shall wak-en nev.- er ■fi -p- _p_ jt- j. ft. -p. £ f= t=± -» * »- rr “bt j'oys would fade, A - ny-where with Je - sus I am not a - fraid. drear-est ways, A - ny-where with Je - sus is a house of praise, more to roam, A - ny-where with Je - sus will be home, sweet home. . A *- # * „ I I a Ajf -r 3= 1 ■ »!■ ■ ^ Chorus. 43 I 42. What shall it Profit Thee? M. P. FERGUSON. copyright, 1890 , by e. o. excell. W. A. OGDEN. #% , ft — ft ^ ~H PV—j k S— -J P IV- — \ — S :tt r -9— — m — m — ) — j — *• 9 9 S i t r 1 — # — 1 — 1 — ^ * 9 —S— — — * — I. Oh, what shall it prof - it thee, brother, Hous - es and a - cres so 2 . Oh, what shall it prof - it thee, brother, Friendships to share and to 3. Oh, what shall it prof - it thee, brother, Barth - ly am - bi - tion and i' plF*E I' fc I s -P P P— — h= be Is i' 1 P * kl K_! A -9- „ — # — J — - P P * b b b hH Fb K-b— -U — V — U—\ 1 0_«_ UJ * N S N ^ /As. fO — a _i : _jv 1 ^ N A l_ h-^-h t rtf jh —M f j 1 ft 1 i\ — / X j J * 9*99 9 2 h -9 H j i t H Pi — V 2 S • S 3 . 2" — ! a H ’ b " #_ broad; No ti - tie to man-sions of glo - ry e- ter-nal, And make; And know not the friendship of Je - sus, theSav-ior, Of fame; If Christ in the life - book of glo - ry e- ter-nal, Had -P- P' -f- f f P P~ # • 9 - 9 - - 9 - 9 Z Z L \ \ I 1 | 1 — — r r 9 LC/ # rt 4* l ft* h F ■» ,r r j j j j [ L 9 • U U L 1 L 1 . i Lr I. i*a • im m ‘m 9 Z rc d r — r p p * — : F \j k r n Li ^ ^ v v » ' L / b D. S. — When the death - an - gel has called for thy spir - it y And Fink. Refrain. 2:8 irz -1 j 1 V L. — V fv k- 1%. _ 1 ^ . .r\ I J > j J s 9 1? v r N p p J 9 • 9 9 m r 9 V' ) J N J J d P* P 1 9 • 9 — 9 w h r 9 • ~9~ 9 "p- -5- ~4az4t b none to the cit - y of God? \ Je - sus who died for thy sake? >• \ 6 nev - er re - cord - ed thy name? ' ' Kl v t? Vhat shall it prof - it thee -P-. JL JL . 9 . JL 1 1 1 I 1 F • 9 0 * 9 r p • p T Lg • m ^ m |A urn j | Kl f _ 1 1 r l l m -• ia tfi m a ^ f r | f r f 1 P P 1 “ r 1 u 5 b/ v V 4 9 . 9 1 -v — & b — b — b — b — mer - cy for - ev - er has flown? D. S. H 9-5H — i V k v - H ■ — 11 jb ' N jm •] J Ip J j & 9 m ^ N g N g • 9 9 • 9 9 9 P 9 3 • Z LJJ *r~- 9 9 9 J , r ^ v * ^ w 1 > ^ b then, Tho’ the whole world be thine own, prof - it thee then, the whole world be thine own, U 1 > 1 -i- JL -f- *- -M- jpL. -ft. JL- JL y 1 • 1 r r f f f 4 t jj VZT-AT I • • k k LB LA LA 111 1 jj w/ b b 1 ^ ^ ^ ^ w w 1/1 r, | k b b II -v S* i/ b b v—^ ^ tr |r _Jj 44 No. 43. The Shadow of His Wing. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. HARRIET E. JONES. words and mus.c. HOWARD E. SMITH. r Lf nLJ j- J j • Jbzf * E 1. Cru - el thorns are in my pathway, Yet a - mid them 2 . When the woes of life are press-ing, And the days newt] 3. Hum-ble is my earthly dwelling, Boundless wealth has Cb 4. O-ver yon-der in the homeland, Where His courts wi - - I s „ p 2 £ - » 9 • I can sing; ri - als bring; Lrist,my King; th music ring, --f- P 1* h f=f — 0 — j— — - ■! 1 . — b -E b"-*-- t >r |=_»- k r=r—f— - W- ^- L j ^ — | fl fe- l l J r f . 1 ' ' a t — * ^ W ' r 1 For my bless-ed Sav-ior hides me In the shad-ow of His wing. I am trust-ing in my Sav - ior, I am safe be-neath His wing. And there waits for me a man-sion, In the shad-ow of His wing. I will dwell with Him for - ev - er, In the shad-ow of His wing. L 1 i A i m m ■ 1 f~ fr-f— t rV — ^ W V -V — P- Chorus. m In the shad-ow of His wing, In the shad-ow of His wing, jp- x. _ ’ _ ... # I will dwell with Him for - ev - er, In the shad-ow of His wing. I > J S' . . 1 t, , t m 45 No. 44. All for Jesus. rfh Hr— — 1 ; _ _ _ 1 11 y k L p | J fs ! \ 1 .J i v>Jl 1 J I M P J J # • J _ m i%7 1 p . * H— j m • d 5 m 1 _.P 3 . A. \ 1 ^ i H Si Fc F 4 »• • i 2 ■* ;v - er-more His g ng-ing o’er and o )r His watch- care : )v - er-more I’ll h J • J' ! -J- + . h- -if- -1- 3-- oodness tell-ing, It be-longs to Him. ’er the sto - ry, It be-longs to Him. nev - er ceas-ing, It be-longs to Him. on - or Je - sus, It be-longs to Him. J. J J ■ f J JV I 7*T\« U w W r & w ^ jj |£V*i !/ f (* » I H 9 f f M *1 *1 * v>41 1^7 h i — 1 i i r T • I 1 * 1 r — r 1 1 ^ J? ! ! 1 t±± r— r— r t ? t ft* Mi# ■■ T ' f46 f f 1 r^r No. 45. Mrs. J. F. K. Blind Bartimeus. COPYRIGHT, 1893, BY MRS. JOSEPH F. KNAPP. Used by Per. Mrs. JOSEPH F. KNAPP. m 3= T b 1. Whence Je-sus came, I can -not tell, Nor why He came to me; 2. When all was dark, One touched my eyes, And that is all I know, 3. How it was done, I can-, not say, Nor e - ven think nor dream; 4. It is the Son of God! His grace Makes trembling weakness strong; 4 - 1mm IN ^ 3 5 a d ~ . d l* * One thing I know, and know it well; Tho* I was blind I see! For light came down from par-a - dise And set my soul a - glow. N or why a touch of moistened clay Should make things what they seem . Wipes tears a- way from sor-row’s face, And teach-es grief a song. £ =t £ r Chorus. I 4 — $Ld lib. IN K — i — — I Once was blind, but now I I once was blind, but now I I once was blind, but now I I once was blind, but now I f: f f: i -X. & see! And that see! And that see! And that see! And that is is is is =t£= 1 — ^ F4==V=2 Tempo. IN N tv news light truth joy e-nough for e-nough for e-nough for e-nough for 9 me, And that is news me, And that is light me, And that is truth me, And that is joy -*• • * * *• I s . e-nough for me. e-nough for me. e-nough for me. e-nough for me. vs — * • 47 1 No. 46. I Must Tell Jesus. E. A. H. COPYRIGHT, 1894, BY THE HOFFMAN MUSIC CO. Henry Date Owner. Rev. E. A. HOFFMAN. I dt m 3 =£ 3== T—rr~- all of my tri - als, I can -not all of my troub-les, He is a 1. I must tell Je - sus 2. I must tell Je - sus 3. Tempt-ed and tried, I need a great Sav - ior, One who can 4. Oh, how the world to e - vil al - lures me! Oh, how my ~rl ■ — — □ -1 — 1- yr h .u. .0 0 p i~-d d n n f?tv P 9 • . !• P i J ' 'J J J fl • “ _• r ! J n yj — j -r — < d - L S^tS c d^d TT *- 1 bear these bur -dens a - lone; In my dis-tress He kind -ly will kind, com- pas -sion-ate Friend; If I but ask Him, He will de- help my bur-dens to bear; I must tell Je - sus, I must tell heart is tempt-ed to sin! I must tell Je - sus and He will D. s . — I must tell Je - sus, I must tell n _ 1 LM Fine. Chorus. 7~i/ j ! 1 1 | ! _ 1 ■ 1 n r r 1 1 1 1 ; Ji i* J D J . I L L L IV y •! 1 • J • J J 1 2 • as 2 p • lii 1 1 r r r i.|y 0 i • r ■ *c # H V 9 1 help me; He ev - er loves and cares for His own. liv - er, Make of my troub-les quickly an end. 1 I must tell Je - sus; He all my cares and sor-rows will share, help me O - ver the world the vic-t’ry to win. ffiLU I ^ a a 1*^1 g ~ g 1 9 fa • ^ r r • • 1 1 H If i tf Mf * I « • L U U , ,1 Tl 1 r ^ a ! — 1 1 — 1 H H f-1 1 — tri / V - — Je - sus , Je - sus can help me, Je - sus a - lone . No. 47. Jesus Christ is Passi ng By. ANON. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCEU.. HENRY A. LEWIS. 1 Ps. —K- ^ _fv- 1 — 1 IV fS 0 &r J' I X-trf ~fN ft J > - 0 0 * 0 -?d— — 1 ft 4 • ■ J 0 0 s * «e J • ----- * ^ J n * ■ 8 1. Je - sus Christ is j 2. Je - sus Christ is £ 3. Lo! He stands and . J f * • ~ ' • * • 4 ^ 1 J >ass - ing by, Sin - ner lift t n Him thine eye; >ass-ing by, Will He al - wa^s be so nigh? calls for thee, ‘ ‘What wilt thou then have of me?’ ’ # 0 - . .) A • 0 r 5 \ ^ r r LlI — u- LL. r * m 1 1 g -4 h- h fj J? F • g ...1 1 1 ^ - J rr v V, r y, 0 • 0 0 ■ * FL 1 V J n+t “ — 7 ' i 1/ ✓ ^ J ^ k | \JVr,u I P m . _J 1 1 4 ; J 1 0 • J _Ts . ..... Sm m 7 T\ * “N \ ^ ... . 5 •* ■* -■■■ - _j_ 3 J. w zzt . i • J 0 .2 2 f • L itfL ZD. _J ^ r 5 * i As the pre - cious m Now is the ac - ce Rise and tell Him al . # - • ~ 0 • 0 D-ments flee, Cry, be mer - ci - ful to me. )t - ed day, Seek for heal - ing while you 1 \ay. 1 thy need, Rise, He call - eth thee in - d ed. . • e r s r r r 1 r r « jf - 1 % • 2 ^ • 1 1 * U W # V 1- p g g U j n ^ r u- \ r r r 5 1 1 j V, * V V, ^ rr ... £ t L 2 2 j Cd. 1 0 4+ V ? 1“ Chorus. ✓ y y ^ r 1 / +*>1 O , k ( I w 1 k. if Hi s* • VL_= n J i!5 4 L ^ P P_ S3 i \ *■ Q ^ ^ J J J 1 ^ J 2 2 . V2 J Q * . 4 4 L 00 & 4 ' • r 000 00 *4 Oh how sweet, the touch of po Oh how sweet the touch of pow’r N* • S* • j j" j V • N* ^ j S * 9 • w’r, Come, it J_^ _ lWN«+f 1 O P5J4TU.1 25 ... ^ ^ 1 r KLs Jo m 0 r • r • r -F-. 0 . F-.- 1 0 r^r ._ 0 \j r . f r V T J 'i> 1 ^ 1 1 . 1 U* 0 4* / TL v* • 1 \ •1 • v» \ 1 'VI N* • v* • N * *«! v» • \ ^ J r . 1 ^ J ^ ^ — i i ; 1 ^ “ VS 1 J J . m J i s • « a< 7 "P7 * * ' Come, it is Sal-va-tic is Salvation’s hour; S.-J 2j M s,. .J J 4 ^ • 0 0 0 m’shour; Je- sus gives >'j L !. j J... /^\«*» ^ TJ 0 0 0 ' ^ 9 \ * m " W , *\ w <9 * 1 , f-r- . • _ , w if j r 0 f , ■ w 1 ZLL I l_ . _ I • ar . ‘ 0 • f • 0\ 4-F- 1 1 0 V —4 f 1 I ^ 1“ > j P if u J J if U. (N I \ 1 1 N I \ •». 11 > L J . fn v» • 1 1 n* * v» < H -p r eg ft \ J J . J 0 ^ J J ; J ^ J II Vl 2 S 2 8 S 4 & 0 ' 0 5 • ^ ^ 0 0 0 • from guilt re-lease, Faith hath saved thee, go in peace, lease, Faith hath saved thee, go in peace. *i J / J. s. s.J. vJ. is. s.J J' | p • 2 # 3, - .g, -^1 EMu_ 1 __ _ .1 0 . _ r — 1 — h tl ; ■ t' ~ rr r r a r» -f f n ■ , ir . .... a - ^ 0 r r 49 No. 48. Never Lose Sight of Jesus. Rev. J. OATMAN, Jr. Copyright, 1895, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. E. 0. EXCELL. =£= H 1 p . • • « ad. * L * -a * * * Sr- J 1. O Pil-grim, bound forthe heav’nly land, Nev-er lose sight of Je - sus; 2. When e’er you’re tempted to go a - stray, Nev-er lose sight of Je - sus; 3. Tho’ dark the pathway may seem a - head, Nev-er lose sight of Je - sus; 4. When death is knocking outside the door, Nev-er lose sight of Je - sus; n 1 h r ■ * i' Jr~ ' i- 4 J- i m T 4 = 1 = 4- S3 rr s- i£ T- . «T a l 0 0 rj g 0 0 - • * 3 : He’ll lead you gen-tly with lov - ing hand, Nev-er lose sight of Je Press on-ward, upward the nar - row way, Nev-er lose sight of Je ‘ ‘I will be with you’ ’ His word hath said, Nev-er lose sight of Je Till safe - ly land - ed on Canaan’s shore, Nev-er lose sight of Je ,\ fs N ‘ sus. ■ sus. ■ sus. • sus. J.J J J L * ' * £ i -4 1 1 1— H 1 — 1 — H-i*-— L~ b — » — p — H*- Chorus. I £ — 0 Nev - er lose sight of Je - sus, Nev - er lose sight of Je - sus; • * 0 m m . m m • * « . P * m £ tc £ mm 1 fj y * • • f ' Day and night He will lead you right, Nev-er lose sight of Je - sus.. -I*---*- 1 $ =j= :P— mm 50 No. 49. F, WHITFIELD. I Need Thee. Copyright, 1899, by e. O. Excell, words and Music. FRANK A. SIMPKINS. £ IS IS s m I need the clean s-ing fount -ain, Where I can al-ways I need the love of Je - sus, To cheer me on my I need the heart of Je - sus, To feel each anx-ious I need Thy Ho - ly Spir - it, To teach me what I S flee, way, care; am; m A -0 0 0 ~ V~P~ 1 / I 0 . $ > i i j , : j i t n 3^0 The To To To _ 0 - * y Ig: • - - blood of Christ most pre - cious, The sin - ner’s per-fect plea, guide my doubt -ing foot -steps, To be my strength and stay. light - en ev - *ry tri- - al, And all my sor-rows share, show me more of Je - sus, To point me to the Lamb. £ =t==l ±=±=zSl * — !*- u— r i 51 No. 50. Open the Door for the Children. Copyright, 1885, by E. O. Excell. U. N. O. words and music. 0. EXCELL. l i I fU -.j-M- J t'i Ufa t, #- 1. O - pen the door for the chil-dren, Ten-der-ly gath- er them in; 2. O - pen the door for the chil-dren, See, they are com-ing in throngs; 3. O - pen the door for the chil-dren, Take the dear lambs by the hand, fry f\ N N §8 J 4 4 :« * • » it » rg - 1 - 1 - 4 - 5 5 In from the high-way and hedg-es, In from the plac-es of sin, Bid them sit down to the ban-quet, T*each them your beautiful songs, Point them to truth and to goodness, head them to Ca-naan’sfair land; “F" • ~§~ M m -£z_ “F- S P -- p t EJ-U l t m ft ti : 1 4 3= Some are so young and so help-less, Some are so hun-gry and cold; Pray you 'the Fa - ther to bless them, Pray you that grace may be giv’n ; Some are so young and so help-less, Some are so hun-gry and cold; ±44 r t i t. £4 44 * 44= ^4 ^44 Fine. ap4- l JW ! t -t i f i ffi O - pen the door for the chil-dren, Gath-er them in - to the fold. O - pen the door for the chil-dren, Theirs is the kingdom of heav’n. O - pen the door for the chil-dren, Gath-er them in - to the fold. -f- -f~ /- N>- • -4 1 ± d. s.—O - pen the door for the chil-dren , Gath-er them in - to the fold . No. 51. JOHN NEWTON. Happy In Him. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. 33 r ~w s> ' LUCY RIDER MEYER. 4 f ■T^V 1. How tedious and tasteless the hours When Jesus no long-er I see, 2. His name yields the richest perfume, And sweeter than music His voice; 3. Content with be-hold-ing His face, Myall to His pleasure resigned, 4. Dear Lord, if in-deed I am thine, If thou art my sun and my song, f f f t -f-ri* JJ « * ^ m 35 Mt r=S=£ V— V- ^1 tit.-*- r r Sweet prospects, sweet birds, and sweet flow’rs, Have all lost their sweetness to me; His presence dis-pers-es my gloom, And makes all within me re-joice; Nochang-es of sea-son or place Would make a-ny change in my mind: Say, why do I lan-guish and pine? And why are my win-ters so long? H* * • -P-f- -» #- P=F : -P2- ^ — V- r~ -k — k- I EE 3 =P 5 r r r The midsummer sun shines but dim, The fields strive in vain to look gay; I should, were He always thus nigh, Have nothing to wish or to fear; While blest with a sense of His love, A pal -ace a toy would appear; 0 drive these dark clouds from my sky !Thy soul-cheering presence restore ; I h ■ ^ n * j. * -4 1 -rf- t ¥=4 - 4= » y 1 1 — U f P 53 No. 52. C. H. G. I To Please Jesus. COPYRIGHT, 1896, BY E. O. EXCELL, WORDS AND MUSIC. k (s h \ t CHAS. H. GABRIEL 2E «= . ’ - -• v 3 -3- * • 1. I will not go where I can - not take Je - sus, Je - sus my 2. I will not do what I know would grieve Je - sus, How could I 3. I'll not be-lieve what I can - not tell Je - sus, Nor will I 4. I’ll do what-ev - er I know will please Je - sus, I will be i -1 1 p — | — r~ T3 frT PM N — 3- • * =tW 9 S 9 9 - 9 ~ Sav-ior, my Friend, and Guide, For I should tremble to feel for one spurn such a Friend as He? No! for a life - time of tend’rest de - think up - on things un-true; For in the light or the darkness He faith - ful in ev - ’ry thing; Yes, by the help and the grace that He * i h h r* h & r' t=«l=^=t^=t=t V-V- i Chorus. -P 1 PS PS — P — f •^r-r:=3 i - 9 — mo-ment That He was ab - sent from m3 7 side. . vo - tion Can - not re - pay His love to me. sure - 1 gives me, ion Can - not re - pay His love to me. / -ly Knoweth all things we think or do. ^ Stay with me, Savior, > me, I will be loy - al to my King. ' • • •- X i 1 I -ff-fr -IV— N— fV- i — i — i — 9 - • • • r -• * keep M: me, I pray, Never a moment let me stray; Help me more often Thy h h h n. 1 .h fjg— - 1 — 1 — * — * tatqt tat t=t • ' =t=t=t=i= 9 9 — 9 — 9 -— HP — P- b b b I ■b b b i 35=* S S love to re-mem-ber, That I may live clos - er, clos - er to Thee. m t=t ~V * . J J * — * — p= 1—4- St TT b b 54 Mo. 53. Dr. E. T. CASSEL. Loyalty to Christ COPYRIGHT, 1894, BY E. 0. EXCELL. Words and music. FLORA H. CASSEL. JS ^3 3 — 3 - 5# .'I;. / trzt i -3 w rw 1/ ’ 1. Up - on the western plain There comes the signal strain, ’Tis loy-al-ty, 2. O hear, ye brave, the sound That moves the earth around, ’Tis loy-al-ty, 3. Come, join our loy - al throng, We’ll rout the giant wrong, ’Tis loy-al-ty, 4. The strength of youth we lay At Je - sus’ feet to - day, ’Tis loy-al-ty, Slg IH l f- r -r ± 3 - & v— v- i 4M*- -N— frr s. m 3= 3 = m • • loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty to Christ; Its mu - sic rolls a - long, The hills take loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty to Christ; A - rise to dare and do, Ring out the loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty to Christ; Where Satan’s banners float, We’ll send the loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty to Christ; His gos - pel we’ll pro-claim, Thro’ o^itthe A .‘£ . f , -r;f -* ■4=- £±g-~r £ r V— ^ V- £ d. s. — command, We'll soon. pos- Fine. Chorus. up the song, Of loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty, Yes, loyalty to Christ, watch-word true, Of loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty, Yes, loyalty to Christ. bu -glenote, Of loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty, Yes, loyalty to Christ, world’s domain, Of loy-al-ty, loy-al-ty, Yes, loyalty to Christ. - 8 - 3 - . _ ° -f— -f 1SL. ist.l <( ist. j On to victory! 5- w- -3 - 0 t=t±=t y -l- v - v - y ^ ^ ^ sesj land. Thro' loyalty, loy-al-ty. Yes, loy-al-ty to Christ ii 3 ±=i m- I On to vie - to-ry!” Cries our great Commander; “On!” We’ll great Commander; “On!” * A- * N S S S S Is N, h h -J- is 44= 44 44MJ4 £ -Ci— 1 j. i 1 -jg f T - 1 55 No. 54. More Like Jesus. COPYRIGHT, 1878, BY J. M. STILLMAN. J. M. S. COPYRIGHT, 1896, BY E. O. EXCELL. J. M. STILLMAN. 1. I want to be more like Je - sus, And fol - low Him day by day; 2. I want to be kind and gen - tie, To those who are in dis - tress; 3. I want to be meek and low - ly, Tike Je - sus, our Friend and King; 4. I want to be pure and ho - ly, As pure as the crys - tal snow; 25 y* r 2 r 0~T— P 0 J A • K A A f—r~\ 0 — 1 *- up «— KZ*l t ) P w W W W r n l.i 9 r 1 L 1 1 1 1 j 1 1 1 J | 1 [ A fit 0 1 m t r » . #1 b ttV w w w r 1 T 1 f-% 4H H F=T\ rH P a -h JV * N / 1 J i A ' . . 1 qHSB . rw ^ w s ... IS k-b- P 0 • P a rT^ its- v_ r\ LI ■ r - i f? | ! 1 1 k 4 1 ~ # a . J _ l 2 p i p J 11 VS ) .J. _ ® * P # # ~ 9 m 4 f • 0 1 j j • • 0 0 0 w w I want to be true and faith-ful, And ev - *ry command 0 - bey. To com -fort the bro-ken heart-ed, With sweet words of ten-der - ness. I want to be strong and earnest, And souls to the Sav-ior bring. I want to love Je - sus dear - ly, For Je - sus loves me, I know. ... .... r.f . . . <■ s • r g r 1 P 0 r ■ . : • 5 4 1 ^ ^ V UK I r 1 r r c h * " f H I W'U 0 n * — ft r ” Tj[ A u r r — ~v v U 1 l / 1 r ^rr t: r. r [ r . t j 1 1 1/ y r No. 55. All I Give to Jesus. ANON. Copyright.1899, byE.O. Exceuu Words and Music. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. =£=sq=t -h -s — 1 ~~ m p -0- M 1. Take my heart, O Fa-ther, take it, Make and keep it all Thine own ; 2. Fa-ther, make me pure and low-ly, Fond of peace and far from strife; 3. Bv - er let Thy grace surround me, Strengthen me with pow’rdi- vine; 4. May the blood of Je - sus heal me, And my sins be all for-giv’n; ff TT -h\ — v — a m Let Turn Till May m Thy spir - it melt and break it, -This proud heart of sin and stone, -ing from the paths un - ho - ly , Of this vain and sin - ful life. Thy cords of love have bound me, Make me to be whol-ly Thine, the Ho - ly spir -it seal me, Guide me in the path to heav’n. I s - 0 - - 0 - J-f ib+ + ± U*-T~P- Chorus. - 4 — -N— — — i -N — A |s -i— | 9 • p ■ I. * * J si _| 1 .^1 • 4 ■ j 1 fr \ J J gt S < 5 1 1 1 \ i i d ~ & 1 9 * 9 0.0 4 V J j w # w iw # ir 1 " 2 ?— i 9 All I have to give to ] . s 0-0 0 • f f 0 jp 9 9 1 [e - sus, All I am or hope to 1 .0. 0 0 • 0 0 • fr fr S P~ be, j0. 0 0 • 0 0 * p L . c 1 1 1 r . 7 r r l l _ r pur T 0 L-, 2 j n r r : L L Yj L L* L l ~P 1 ~ L' fc i — y— j * T" 57 No. 56. All the World for Christ. S. WOLCOTT. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. O. EXCELL. E. O. EXCELL. A -N— 1 -i t. i I —N, - 4 ~ — t ~j — 1 — 1 — M |P^8-^--3— 3- 1. “Christ for the worl 2 . ‘ ‘Christ for the worl 3. “Christ for the worl 4. “Christ for the worl It" ■■ t~- f r — t d,”wesing; d,”we sing; ' d,”we sing; d,” we sing; 1 ? -fZf- +■ r - p • c * » | ® P » The world to Ch The world to Ch The world to Ch The world to Ch m • P e 3 S 3: irist we bring rist we bring rist we bring rist we bring \j With love and With fer- vent With one ac- With joy - ful — P-F£d — # — — f— ^k±S=t t— U : l r t LnU ! — U— - =1 — l" 1/- — =i i r- 1 — N -1 -J j—Tr r» =P— > a 1*. M M J i ff — P j Jj - * | 1 i ^ d -5- " 1 f? V 7 2_3 • 3 • P * a A 4 h 41 41 * i A u ! " — 1 V Z d • * 9 d < *> 2 2 A • 0 r w A n r 9 ‘ [/I zeal; The poor, and they that mourn, The faint and 0 - ver-borne, prayer; The wayward and the lost, By rest-less pas-sion tossed, cord; With us the work to share, With us re-proaclxto dare, song; The new-born souls, whose days, Reclaimed from error’s ways, • # • » m m __j e . <0 • f'’ fr# # "P" (T# f* k L L L L_ 1 _ *> 0 — kAJ2 L L J L | , 4 } mm* 1 1 1 r- r- 1 — 1 1 wk l. L • _L • 1 0 , j r r . m • \ 0 ■t 1 — d • _P_ l L u p r p | J Chorus. pP-.b - ^*4 . d d AJ- _i I 1. — H— 7 ki i P m J> I 1 1 gto • _fa jb it XL_Z_J J J ^1 ^1 * . J J . % • £ • Vv Z J J J l 1 1 < 0*1 Ti « . s • i 1 r -d . # . r • • |~ * * I ^ Sin-sick and sorrow-worn, Whom Christ doth heal. All, all for Christ, Redeemed, at countless cost, From dire de-spair. With us the cross to bear For Christ, our Lord. Inspired with hope and praise, To Christ be-long. All, all, all lor Christ, £ , «L J' P S : zhztt 1 ’ — F~ — F — % - 9 M • FP- — F — p g : s : Ft . -F — krk-: — -W— — w — p— - F t L i*. f ----- -P — P-P— - 1= — P~— i FH If T Zl~-' ~ -fcb j rj ^ rrr-i 1” — I -A -) — j _ | _J 1 . 1 v 11 > k L, P • # ^ 1 .J - L - !#- - I 1 ... N , _ is J d • » • 1 # •Pi *w # j m. ... j L X*"N J i 1 ^7 r • # # • - p t w 9 w m rA * S B ^ 1 1 r m m r^r * All, all for Him, All, all the world for Christ, All, all for Him. All, all, all for Him, -#-• -m- lj ! F-P-« * • -a> m -- -m . r • — # Jir. +“ "L _ "hr T: f • # ^ __ /5iV h ' « • 1 m m 1 r r . «» . p PL z P 1 — t 1 — m • h [j " 3. * 0 • I * 1 # • 1# - 11 i ✓ 1 v il II z 17 l 1= -1 U—i — -t^4=— ±1 58 No. 57. The Fountain of Cleansing. E. A. HOFFMAN. COPYRiGHT, 1899, BYE.O. EXCELt. Words and Music. 4 - J, E. HAUL, i=fe*b Z3&~ F 1. Come with your bur -den of guilt and sin, Come to the 2. Come, there is rest for the wea - ry soul, Come to the 3. Come, God’s sal - va - tion and grace are free, Come to the 4. Come, there is mer - cy with God for all, Come to the fed ± ±1 ±= ±1 r~t _(2_ i \ i/ 3=1= I25t 3 = * — # - L ^ 1 jj.. foun-tain of cleans - ing; Come to the wa-ters and en - ter in, foun-tain of cleans - ing; Come, and the Sav - ior will make thee whole; fountain of cleans - ing; Come, and thy sins shall for - giv - en be, foun-tain of cleans - ing; You too, are reck-oned in Je - sus’ call, itL -*-• 9 ~ 1 m ±—± ±Z r-rt : r~ rt Refrain. I -4- TZt 3= 3= -#-T- -S'- -S'- I Come to the foun-tain of cleans -ing. Come to the • Come, O come, m m -F ± -P2- f 1 if? -5 — ~gj~ fountain, Come where the life-giv-ing wa - ters flow; Come to the ^ Come, O come, £ m .-P- j- tl £ fez I m ~sfe -F2- =*=z: foun-tain, Come, O come and be washed, and made white as snow, -g- f A* _ _ & 59 No. 58. Onward, Christian Soldiers! SABINE BARING-GOU LD, ARTHUR SUILLVAN. 1 - M I i I M g) * 4<=*=* ny , l g -4j j i 3 j 1 . Onward, Christian sol-diers ! Marching as to war, With the cross of 2. At the sign of tri -umph Satan’s host doth flee; On then, Christian 3. hike a might-y ar - my Moves the Church of God; Brothers, we are 4. Onward, then, ye people, Join our happy throng, Blend with ours your * ^ f 2 — -L-i J-jij a: =F=F 9 W ^ Je - sus Go-ing on be-fore; Christ, the roy-al Mas - ter, heads a- sol-diers, On to vie - to - ry! Hell’s foundations quiv- er At the treading Where the saints have trod; We are not di - vid - ed; All one voic - es In the tri-umph song; Glory, laud and hon - or Un - to Js 4 * r-y _ A Sg: JGL- £ p p * m $ 9 — m- m -£2_ 3= SI f — r gainst the foe; For-ward in - to bat - tie, See His ban-ner go! shout of praise; Brothers, lift your voic - es, houd your anthems raise, bod - y we, One in hope and doc - trine, One in char - i - ty. Christ, the King, This thro’ countless a - ges Men and an-gels sing. as £ m r m r m P »Ll sej ml r r r 1 a -£2_ li Chorus. — a[ if if = s r_ v V y V On-ward, Christian sol - - diers! Marching as to war, — /■ n’nrr ^r. I — r T hr h i i ¥ With the cross of je - sus, Go - ing on be - fore. -fi- J&- 60 f=f No. 59. Carry Everything to Jesus. E. A. H. copyright, 1894, by e. o. excell. Rev. ELISHA A. HOFFMAN. hQ — i — H N \ i I |S^ -jy -Jc"*± 0 zj | J _ZJ JC — | /tr-J- 1 2 • & J -| -H » 2 • d - -J d * * 9 -f~ 1. Pray when the days are bright - est with glad-ness, 2. Pray in the time of fail - ure and weakness; 3. Pray when the hopes long cher - ished are fail - ing, 4. Pray in the dark for help and for guid - ing, -0. -p- • -p- -0- -0- • s O - pen O - pen O - pen O - pen 7 T^.—i — m __ L_ . L _tf M 0 . - 0 n*zr 4 — 1 r !_ L L i_ # - 1 0 'W * 0 0 0 |_ ^ 4 F F fj ~ ~ 1 L L D i L MB * 1 p p 1 1 1 y v \ \ | rB-— \ N a r— I * \ ; 1 r 1 / * * =N= « I 8 — j- — — 4=4 0 0 * 8 £ -%r~ 1 0 0 8 hours 8 then your heart to Je - sus; Pray, too, in of then your heart to Je - sus; Strong in thy trust, sub - then your heart to Je - sus; Pray when the foe your then your heart to Je - sus; In ev - - 0 * *ry hour be IN =e= -£2- -£Z- r^r ¥ m sor - row and sad - ness, O - pen then your heart to mis - sive in meek-ness, O - pen then your heart to faith is as - sail - ing, O - pen then your heart to trust - ful, con - fid - ing, O - pen then your heart to =e=£ Je Je Je Je sus. sus. sus. Sus. a. I Chorus. -1 — PV e -N ~gt~ — I — J— 1 1- i - f 0 0 - ~ a* — Car-ry ev-’ry-thing to Je - sus; Who a truer friend could be? Je - sus, Je - sus; -#-• 0 - 0 0 - I' ~ ' M =£=£= J K I N J i -» — 0- — 0- fr — k * ±=t - g— v- i — I i — r f=i==i= hv— a — - 4 =S=£= i -« — #-r- mm Who more good and ^ind to thee? Pray, and He will answer thee. I' ^ h * I I No. 60, Bought on Calvary. Copyright, 1897, by J. Howard Entwisle. HARRIET E. JONES. used by per. With much expression. J. HOWARD ENTWISLE Si -fir FV ■ |/=V I ISr %~%7 1. There is a beau - ti-ful home Be-yond the 2. There is a beau - ti-ful robe As white as 3. There is a beau - ti-ful crown To ev - er 4. These beau-ti-ful =£=£= gifts A tr* si - lent sea, And white can be, And fade-less be, And of love That wait be - yond the sea, My fete -1 — 1 — r- =t — t= r ‘ t-c r i± Chorus. • * !r; : i« ir oh, that home so bright and fair My Sav-ior bought for me. O wand’rer, oh, that robe so spot-less, pure, My Sav-ior bought for me. O wand’rer, oh, that wondrous crown of life My Sav-ior bought for me. O wand’rer, Sav-ior purchased with His blood On cross of Cal - va - ry. O wand’rer, * J1 * * P i rr tf far from God, That home your own may be, If you will give your far from God, White rai-ment yours may be, If you will give your far from God, A crown your own may be, If you will give your far from God, This wealth your own may be. If you will give your wand’rer far from God, .ft ]]']]'+■] . ■ IN : • 1: • \ \ i « ! j • t -0— 0—r -w~ — - — - And serve Him, serve Him faith - ful - ly. And serve Him, serve Him faith - ful - ly. And serve Him, serve Him faith - ful - ly. And oh, ’tis free! and oh, ’tis free! £ f * -* heart to Christ, heart to Christ, heart to Christ, heart to Christ, IPBfipiSp* m M No. 61. Blessed Peace. KATE ULMER. Copyright, 1899. by E. O. Excell. WORDS AND MUSIC. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. 1. Bless-ed peace that Je - sus gives To the soul that in Him lives! 2. Fears may come and foes a -rise, But to Him I lift my eyes; 3. When my path seems lone and drear, Soft Hewhis-pers “I am near.” 4. In the val - ley I must tread, By His hand I shall be led -®- * A 1 - 1- h - I f — p r-rr o« I -I s 1 K i ^ r* /TV 1 J Sll J j _ P 1 - I m j _c J XL Ti « _ j gr. L_ 3 « J ! ~ B 9 % < » • _J __q_ & • m 1 W 9 SP • * % J J r 1 % Per-fect peace se- cure and blest, Marred no more by doubt’s un Bowed in sor-row, pierced by grief, Still in Him I find re - With His presence cheers me on, Till my heart breaks forth in To that bright and glorious place, Where I shall be - hold His f f f f -P- -f- • f * V 1 ^ - rest. ■ lief, song, face. jr-L n r j 1 i 1 1 5 r TL# ^ ~ 1 # f & f 9 ~ J vi/ if r h — 9 I r r J j 1 / ■f — i - -1 1 V — 1 / 4— — V- ■ 63 No. 62 . Would I Know Him? NELLIE MONTGOMERY. COPYRIGHT 1898, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. E. O. EXCELL. m- ri 1. Would I know Him if He stood here By my side, by my side; 2. When to Sa - tan thou dost an -swer, 4 ‘Flee from me, flee from me!” 3. Could I hear Him if He called me, Wait- ing here, wait-ing here; 4. When thou cri - est in thine an-guish, “Sav-ior hear, Sav-ior hear!” m -§g-r « r * 1 f 1 o v) *r - 4 j/ 0 " ' ' ^ g * V Doth the cru - el, cru - el nail-prints Yet a - bide, yet a - bide? When be-tween thee and the Mas-ter, Naught shall be, naught shall be; Would His words of mag - ic sweetness Pierce my ear, pierce my ear? It will reach Him thro’ the clam-or, Nev - er fear, nev - er fear! — P- * -=H*- I fr~rst~ = 2 = V S Would He show me in His beau-ty So di - vine, so di - vine, On thine eyes shall flash a vis - ion, Wondrous fair, wondrous fair-^ Could the world with all its lur-ings, Drown that tone, drown that tone, Tho’ sometimes thine ears are deafened, By the din, by the din; rl * — £zz a — a • f ± ~tzz c sz. Uf -t-f £1 64 No. 63. Sunshine in the Soul. E. E. HEWITT. £ Ml ± COPYRIGHT, 1887, BY JNO. R. SWENEY. USED BY PER. N r J NO. R. SWENEV. s * 1. There’s sun-shine in my soul to-day, More glo - ri - ous and bright 2. There’s mu -sic in my soul to-day, A car-ol to my King, - 3. There’s springtime in my soul to-day, For when the Ford is near 4. There’s glad-ness in my soul to-day, And hope, and praise, and love, 33 - fr-4-y 'r~r d— j-f 3? Than glows in a - ny earthly sky, For Je - sus is my light. And Je-sus, lis -ten-ing, can hear The songs I can -not sing. The dove of peace sings in my heart, The flow’rs of grace ap - pear. For blessings which He gives me now, For joys “laid up” a - bove. f-Tf-jP -f rr^-y i*a 1 1 Refrain. * — f 3 s ' . i- Oh, there’s sun sim - shine in the A .ft ft. ft shine, bless -ed sun the soul, bless - ed sun - shine in the 3 ^ I -h r-nrt I as s PiPs shine, When the peace-ful, hap-py moments roll; soul, | hap-py mo-ments roll; rs J- 4-J i J3 ;M= £ Pr When Je-sus shows His smiling face, There is sunshine in my soul. I No. 64. Are You Washed in the Blood? E. A. H. By Per. of E. A. Hoffman. Rev. E. A. HOFFMAN. q . 0 — J_ 5 5=3=5 -t^ A, ■ 1. Have you been to Je - sus for the cleans-ing pow’r? Are you 2. Are you walk -ing dai - ly by the Sav-ior’s side? Are you 3. When the Bride-groom cometh, will your robes be white? Pure and 4. Lay a - side the garments that are stained with sin, And be Js j j j-tt f J — ■ — J ~ 2 — L -- L L 3*5 "-C-C-fT j§ si ~al — J »li eiii 3 4 - 5= U^ washed in washed in white in washed in -- ri= g the blood of the Lamb? Are you ful - ly trust-ing the blood of the Lamb? Do you rest each mo-men t the blood of the Lamb? Will your soul be read - y the blood of the Lamb; There’s a foun - tain flow -ing i i=£ =3=2 = d, $.-rtre your gar - merits spot-less f Fink. fr b:zE=|v m in His grace this hour? Are you washed in the blood of in the Cru - ci - fled? Are you washed in the blood of for the mansions bright? And be washed in the blood of for the soul un-clean, Oh, be washed in the blood of the Lamb? the Lamb? the Lamb? the Lamb? -# — r* -1 #- =£=?: £ f ^ 1/ U are they white as snow % Tire you washed in the Wood of Chorus. := ^JJ J ^0 Lamb f D.JS. Are you washed in the blood, In the soul-cleansing blood of the Lamb? Are you washed in the blood, # ^of the Lamb? 1 f-- — 66 No. 65. The Wonderful Story. H. G. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. O. EXCELL, WORDS AND MUSIC. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. IV fV (V IS N 1. Oh, sweet is the sto-ry of Je- sus, The won-der-ful Savior of 2. He came from the brightest of glory; His blood as a ransom He 3. His mer - cy flows on like a river, His love is unmeasured and .# a .7 * s . . -f- t=t - 4 - i > t/ — v — y - -V — k=ri , i_ \ N N S -7 1 — J - — 1/^— P -A— v j ^ _ | p — uT J P • 9 ' * if? J jm' '9a ! J 3 d J A . f? • jj - ■ H -4— ?- P \ p 0 • 9 • 9 • i S * S - P 1 2 # <0 a 0 • p • nP • J J ! ■jTr »' * men, Who suf-ferec gave, To pur-chas free; His grace is -)*-*-• _ . , i and died for the sin-ner — I’ll tell it a - ;e e - ter-nal redemption, And oh, He is for - ev - er suf - fi-cient, It reach-es and * A _ /SVhi 1 1 r ^ ^ r r i r y h • L • — 9 * -p • * * * %*^h h l 'i fP • r—— J 1 J J j -f -f ~ ,J-v >1 i i — _rl| — L-g^iP-. W ¥ 9 9 9 . L-h — E- — U— L— Chorus. — r, -ft- ,N ■ fv m 1 09 - i — ; [— Pf • Or ^ w r 0 j J r P * # « • 0 * ! p • \ ■7 ^ — ! ^Ef*r — ] | g — ^ w © _ 9 ® 0 * f r C 0 0 • 0 • • 9 gain and 1 might-y t pu - ri-fi< ' 1 i> u ^ i 1 * i> u i/ r ti a -gain! O won - der-ful, wonderful sto - ry, The :o save! 2S me. 0 wonderful sto - ry, O wonderful sto-ry, The „ ^ . i I' . - .S. ff A * j* c x? J!, a* ta 0 , • _ _ 9 \ \ 1 l_ A 1 /»y hi & r r " rr • ' ® 1 j r p n r | y* ^ 1 PA 1? U £ & h 1 IT ■ V u^, r r , 1 1 ~p r b* jp ■ ■■ i p p ~f f f p p p- ij u □ w * & . _r _____ rh V . , I" ^ " i m ^ 1 ^ P ^ b i 0 N_ .k ^ N , N N h._t 1 ' — 0 s Ms j— j— p • » r 1 p p ^ ^ > r h ® # 9 P ^ ® " w - - ha P P 0 0 9 9 ® 0 & m P P @ _ P •__ _____ .__# _ ; r r i s* m r .. r r f p U .L» b 1 i > ^ ^ ^ ^ - - 1 dear - est that ever was told; I’ll repeat it in glo - ry, The dearest that ev - er, that ev-er was told; I’ll repeat it in f-f-f-#. ^ ^ * * s _ •*• # * , fmV h 1 1 I 1 i | 1 1 r ^ 1 1 r r _ LsLAl'Z h j r j- t — - j b . VB «^1 h l/ i p p P "P — p 1 ^ 41 r f f P ■ b r b ______ ; ; — h _ b b [b 1 1 lb H ^ j^F A"— , J. -0—. P— - $ b • - J . -- 7 a * ; * ^ ; 0 v- rw-m-p- m - • u C C- C u C r c r H — I — 1 — I V V V 1 — r — tr L P-P-P-P— JJ I/U y 1 wonderful sto - ry, Where I shall His beauty behold. glory, The wonderful story, Where I shall His beau - ty, His beauty behold. * -1 « *-4* . N ' ' * 67 No. 66. I Am Going Home. Copyright 1889 by E. o. Excell. WORDS AND MU8IC. Rev. E. A. HOFFMAN. WORDS AND MU8IC. FOSTER. ' $ 5 ’ 5 r ; ' ' ” ' r r- x 1. Be-yond the dark,mys -te-rious riv - er In heav’n’s fair land, 2. They leave us at themys-tic riv-er And, one by one, 3. Heav’nis a land of light and beau-ty, Won-drous-ly fair, IN TO f- * &F 4=^=4--. -N — -fc - ^ S . u,y ight and lustre fJ Bathed in the bright and lustrous glo-ry Our loved im-mor-tals stand ; They gath-er in the Father’s kingdom, Till all the crown have won; Dear - er because our loved im-mor-tals Are safe and hap-py there; s. : 9 H v — v — V- % >--ir rr i: U 1 .1/ u & r . [vs. There in the glow of God’s clear sunlight, Hap - py and blest, Fare - well to earth-ly friendship’s greeting To heav’n they come, For thee my ea - ger heart is yearn-ing, Coun - try so fair! • • I s. Fine i q==p 1 ■ - g J P> — T =P U I I Close to the throne of the Re-deem-er, Our loved im-mor-tals rest; Re-new-ing there the bro-ken cir - cle In an e - ter - nal home. Ohlbringmeto my home, dear Je-sus, And to my loved ones there! * N W. O =£=p= £ 4=4 J-J- Se 3 Tg-T -sT p=t b — V — V d.s. — There , 7773/ - ry /urts to r t 4 ■r — oam! TO #711 X 0 — n # ' ? -- f t — ^—|j | C f“f 1 — 8 1 1 No, 6/. W. G. PARK. Bring Flowers. (Decoration.) COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY E. 0. EXCEU., WORDS AND MUSIC. FRANK A. SIMPKINS. 1. Bring of earth’s blossoms the fairest, Born of the sunshine and rain; 2. Hail to our na-tion u - nit - ed, Land of the loy - al and free; 3. Bring of earth’s blossoms the fairest, Born of the sunshine and rain; =V— V- & m — n -p\ — * s — p- — N — k — £ — ^ — N- to Z ± -*1 — — 1— -J — 0 — 4 — 0 J — • • * . L -0-~ r* — m -0- 9 - 1 0 9 0-^T -0—. — 0 Vi - o-lets blue from the meadows, Lil-ies from val-ley and plain; Firm in the strength of its un-ion, Reaching from sea un-to sea! Vi - o-lets blue from the meadows, Lil-ies from val-ley and plain; ~ 9 ~ _0 0 m m • m m m m f 0 /-r\* l. m l r a s • r r r «_! # (<*>/•, W 0 0 0 0 0 0 * 1 -L i — I — A A- — L . .Xc J\ ! 1 — gdz U b == b = -i to * f ■ f to H to — tor~toto rf — i-n-ft— k 1 — : ; rcw n nz " m m d s ^ N U-y 1 *1 f rvzzz / * ^ ■■ ; zzz S • 0 1 m L 1 P LI u-J V rx_. ... z ^ r # 9 ' % m 2 W i , J / -1- ~ w u w ~ ^ S - 3 - Garlands of ro - ses and lau - rel, Wreaths of the myrtle and pine; Hail to its he-roes now sleeping, Hon-or and love for the brave; Chaplets of myr-tle and lau-rel, Wreaths of the red, white, and blue; . Sr 0 m 0 I s ~ 0^ 0 /«> u fP 6 9 O . r * # s , # j '0 * . - 0 ft r 1 #> 1 1 — 1 1 0 0 9 J L s U - ; ^ l — k - -i — i — -U — l* w — W L hto=H Jpj-.fr ■ ^ ^ \ w rj N N N N N ^ h ..L J P P P iv 1 1 *»i ^ — p i p p 1 1 •*! g J J ~Z ZTP _ J r~ — i — J — w — J — z — 1 1 s 2 — * * 3 1 — 4 — 9 r* f r r-r-^ ^ Emblems of love and af - fee - tion, For our dead heroes en - twine. And o'er our no-ble de- fend-ers, Long may the stars and stripes wave! Gems of the beau-ti - ful scat - ter O - ver our he-roes so true. to m 69 No. 68. When the Roll is Called. I J. M. B. fife COPYRIGHT, 1893 , BY CHAS. H. GABRIEL. J. M. Black, Owner. -ft — £ — ft — * — * J. M. BLACK. -N-r— ft " fr - 5 = 2 = 3 = / When the trump - et of the Lord shall sound, and time shall * \ When the saved of earth shall gath - er o - ver on the f On that bright and cloud-less morn - ing, when the dead in * \ When His chos - en ones shall gath - er to their home be- / Let us la - bor for the Mas -ter, from the dawn till 3* \ Then when all of life is *o - ver, and our work on Ha W * — P. ~ — ff H- % ' ? ' ' . I k i\ — r 13 T-M- £ be no more, And the morning breaks e - ter - nal, bright and fair, ^ oth - er shore, And the ( Omit .) J Christ shall rise, And the glo - ry of His res -ur - rec- tion share; 1 yond the skies, And the {Omit.) / set -ting sun, Let us talk of all His wondrous love and care; earth is done, And the {Omit.) ^ ^ f earth is done, And the {Omit.) h J i ur 2- - $ b b U I? Fine. I Chorus. v k — l F\ — b J— « — *- B 1 — 1 L 333 3 ft 3 = =£= «> «• -<5?- • r roll is called up yonder, I’ll be there. When the roll. is When the roll is ^ -r . * =£ m 3 'A 0L v— ?- V—V V— V- 3 d. S. roll is called up yon-der, I ’ll be there. a ■bf i y * ' r p i ^ y called up yon - der, When the roll is called up called up yon - der, I’ll be there, When the roll is called up z\ s * * r £ 3 -bf g=± P- =3 I 2 K *.* #-7 — N- =$= tj 1 'v w ' y - - yon - - der, When the roll is called up yon-der, When the yon-der. I’ll be there. When the roll is called up yon - der, I ^=3=3 A— A- --A--* -rr-l 9 — t— L-a-^— g-y- gl^= 70 No. 69. JENNIE WILSON. Proudly Wave. Copyright, 1898, by E. O. Excell. WORDS AND MUSIC. F. S. SHEPARD. 5 5 -( 9 - - 0 - 1. Proud - ly wave, O Flag of Free-dom, Fair-est em-blem e’er un-furled, 2. Proud - ly wave o’er ev - ’ry por - tion Of our own, dear na - tive land; 3. Proud - ly wave o’er faithful sub-jects, Whose al - legiance ne’er will cease; 4. Stars and Stripes, our loving hom - age Will we ev - er pay to thee; r .. it r f ,t g — — = — 1- ' m □fc 3-t Hold thy place with high-est hon-ors, ’Mid the standards of the word, hoy - al mil - lions will de-fend thee From each foe’s de-spoil-ing hand. Float in tri-umph af - ter war - fare Thro’ long, happy years of peace. . O - ver all our cherished coun-try , Proud-ly wave from sea to sea. -H-* -0- -v- Chorus. /L ( c ^ ] N N k . - J— J .. jj-l ' [ 1 I _1 i i ^ J 1 n pv 'rt 3 & & 0 J 1 A \ & 00 ^ J J 1 fr I *, £ H ^ 3 & -jr v ) ^ ft r ^ ft r O 4 * ® N* v * 0 rn ty Proudly •'c; b * ~ * i r i ~ 1 b v - * wave, .... O Flag of Freedom, Grandly float in star-ry Proudly wave, O Plag’of Freedom, wave, Grandly float in star-ry Proudly wave, Grandly float N N I ... . I 1 k s. 1 * a r * r \* £f 0 £\ 8 ■ h h 9 ^ a f r « r j V L— b — U — ^ — — &— Lx l^-h y — 1 0 1 1 I | , 1 IN N 1 i\ 1 1 2 2 \ 1 T K B > b r N J * fs ■1 1 ~ 0 ~i 1 1 T" 1 11 1 f — * 2 « 1 — ~\ — h ~ 1 ^ r T '"11 j ft 1 i ft 0 £ h — • -ft 9 — ft » • 9 9 $r\ 11 & r t p r r r 1 * 9 -4 • fold, ’Tis a strong u-nit-ed nation, That thine honor doth uphold. fold, star-ry fold, l' j' - 4 - 4 - & 71 No. 70. His Love can Never Fail. E. S. HALL COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. 0. EXCELL, WORDS AND MUSIC. E. O. EXCELL. I ft# ft 2 m 4 3= -p — t- 5 £±z±£ #— •<5K- ^ - •• • r & 1. I do not ask to see the way My feet will have to tread, 2. And if my feet would go a-stray, They can - not, for I know 3. I will not fear tho’ darkness come A-broad o’er all the land, # — r^— #- t f±=£ m 3=t ■ing bread; i go; ing hand; But on - ly that my soul may feed Up - on the liv That Je - sus guides my falt’ring steps, As joy - ful - ly If I may on - ly feel the touch Of His own lov -#-* 4^- m mm i± - - I*- ’Tis bet - ter far that I should walk By faith close to And tho’ I may not see His face, My faith is strong And tho* I trem-ble when I think How weak I am, -#-• -o- t--. r r His side, and clear how frail, sstt Me Fine. m I may not know That in each hour My soul is sat - My the way I go, But oh, I know my Guide, of sore dis tress My Sav - ior will be near, is - fied to know His love can nev - er .fail. , *_ =^=F= D . 6 *. — My soul is sat - Chorus. ~v r r 1 v r y . is - fied to know His love can nev - er fail. | 1 , is . £>. 51 d g ~ 1 *=t*^ His love.... can His love can — * — F nev-er fail, His love.... can nev-er fail; nev - er fail, His love can nev - er fail; I 72 v v No. 71. Jesus Leadeth Me. IDA M. BUDD. '|s — Copyright, 1899. by E. 0. Exce . ^ words and Music. 1 l ; i-Mm LU CHAS. H. GABRIEL. 4=rf- £ Cj) *4. • * rr=| — i- 1. There’s a joy that con-solesme in sor - row, There’s a peace in the 2 . Tho’ the way may be dark, He is near me, Step by step He will 3 . Tho’ the best of earth’s gifts He de - ny me, Yet no grief to my 4 . When the vale of the shad-ows I en - ter, And all earth scenes are '/I ! i. . -1 |L_d L •- i e 1 r-*- r- 1 - . U L • R i LI La 0 0 • ' # r ■ r V, Li & Ei r r 1/, I. Zi-J i — i h ^ 1 _] 1 P 1 FH r ✓ FP, 1 K s-T,= 77 L -* g — =1 1 W : 'l- midst of my pain; There’s a bright, gladsome hope for the m show me the light; And His pres-ence doth con-stant-ly ch heart shall it bring; For the One who is walk - ing be - s fad - ing a - way; Still, O Ford, of my hope be the c< . . . . , . . . -f- -f-f- f- f-.-f- - s_ g 1 or - row, eer me, ide me, m - ter, £2. tear-s — - -i v-^0 — R — p- 2 -* - -f^l 9 — — * — h£zrr ^ Chorus. n jf k n . _ | is - \ . . ( h ,|s K , -yh — fc— ■ - J -A- Jv lA-*--r-0i — J :P [— :-Z 4 _* ~n -- -Pi ;-sK y*r\ K-J-v m — d 2 w~ tJ And my song has this joy - ous re - While He giv - eth this song in the • Still 'is teach-ing my spir - it to Let this truth be my staff and my _ -p-'-f- ■ fZ night: 1 sing. J stay. jTJ Je - sus lead-eth me, For He lov - eth me 0 (m m 0 (+)£ P-T-P---S £ L . L — V Fpr f—f - — r ■ 1 P r-P r=?~ l p ft 1 1 V — k U — — k k— H k— k — v — 1 — rfih- £ v— l ... 1 1 r L . -^-z. J A It- 1 ■ m. 1 1 p j 1 j a * - ! S * - I « 4 ! 4 p • N J • J 11 S a < W m i §~ # J ^ 4P 11 - ■ • r* ’ yes, He lead-eth me, I shall fear no earth-1} with a ten-der love, And with Him I [Omit. *■•*-*-. . . . r foe; ] glad - ly f - ( go. r r 1 ^ _ j r r r p' *r r i vzj*¥ru. 1 U 5 A 1 >1 - " i i 1 F F f p m L •r r ■ — 1 1 Mi m : 1 / r J - » r — tI V 9 / - 1 1 rz 1 rz 73 No. 72. "ADALYN.” Take Me Now. Copyright, 1899. by e. o. Excell, words and Musio. m ms J. S. FEARIS. ft . pf§ m 4=* =g«; 1. Blessed Je - sus I amwea-ry, On Thy bo-somlet me rest; 2. I am wea - ry of the wrong side, Of its fol - ly and its sin, 3. Je • sus, dear Re-deem-er, hear me, While with contrite heart I bow; rs . . . _ S' V In Thy pre-cious love a-bid-ing, I shall be su-preme-ly blest. Tord, I turn to Thee for com-fort, Tet me in, oh let me in! Thou, and Thou a - lone canst save me, Je - sus, Mas - ter, take me now. 1 A t4j3Q37£X llIi fc I Refrain. a a 13 f- It ttirr now for Take me now, Take me I am wea - ry; Take me A A sh -zr * r* s c~ t ~ * * . now and let me rest; Tord I turn to Take me now, Lord I turn -0 . . .0. -*-• -0- T" rrr i t«Ot N At v i! Ad v * 7 x x b Thee be - liev - ing, Thou canst save . a soul distresssed. Tkon canst save 1 r- 74 No. 73. The Blood is All My Plea. Rev. F. C. BAKfR. COPYRIGHT, 1884, BY E. O. EXCELL. E. F. MILLER. N =1~4~~4 - 3==3 =4 - y r- -* • 3 3 1. I knew that God in His Word had spoken, The pow’r of sin can 2. Must I go on in sin and sorrow, To - day in sun-shine, 3. With anguish wrung, I cried, “My Lord, Is there not pow’r in 4. “Oh, yes, the blood ap - plied with-in Will cleanse your heart from 5. And there I stand this ver - y hour, Kept by Al-might-y S= £ =4=fe4==|i= T~ b b b V t b t t 9 v — / k_£ • ^ . — P -A-, 1 __L_ _j r 9 & ~ - — 1 / f i f n _L I 9 9 V S § 9 % L L 9 9 J 7 U 9 9 .. r r Lx 4 . > ik k k 17 k k all be bro - ken, The heart held cap - tive, yet be free, clouds to - mor - row? First I’m sin - ning, then re - pent-ing, Je - sus’ blood To make in me a per - feet cure, ev - ’ry sin, And wash a - way your guilt - y stains, keep - ing pow’r; Temp-ta - tions come, the blood’s my plea, - 9 - - 9 - - 9 - - 9 - - 9 - - 9 - - 9 -^- 9 - 9 : ±r 1 - t~ j-_ . : F ±r ±- » _ T _ t +r /jb'N • U» 1 fT' | J 11 1 r r: r P k , k 9 id 1® 9 9 9 m ra bL~k k r, _i L | i . ~r r k k ^ 7 up t V — V V — U— V — k- W ' Chorus. ; j : hrir =4=4 =L=4= S =4= Lord, is this bless-ing not for me? ^ Now I’m stub-born, then re-lent-ing. | To cleanse my heart and keep it pure?” } The blood the blood is And cleanse till not one spot re -mains.” I The precious blood now cleanses me. ' - 9 - q- m ;-t 4=4= 4 =t*=fe =^=4 b 'vf ik^^ik ik k b l H r-P -P — N— r, # rj-f-h-n Ja-W 7 J p 1 1 rT 1 — — TT“ •) H d * 1 1 r 1 9 n H ^ I' j i ..^*11 Hi I U . 99 9 9 ® H irv Ll tr »— * 2 ~ -j j — i v| Li 1 j 1 1 j \j H -H 4 > 1 • _g_ . - • w w ” ~ - - - k k k k k w • all my plea, Hallelujah! it cleanseth me; Hallelujah! it cleanseth me. * ~ J V ~ « -g~: g ~g : £~~g' ~P~ ~f~ ~g^: _ k 1 ' S 1 9 • 9 m m x r r « • 1 \r nr r, r, 1 ! P 1 l.^>k *| !/ r> 1 1 . 9 • 9 m "mn is — 9 S .1 hi — 1 y 7 H — * i f 0 r — w j j W k k k k — L k— ikr-lk VV- ~b— b— b- -1 r t- b--b- k • 3 - 75 No. 74. Leaning on the Everlasting Arms, Rev. E. A. HOFFMAN. Copyright, 1887, by A. J. Showalter & Co. Used by Per. A. J. SHOWALTER. A4 9^37 4— J— A-i£- -1 H ft — h— ■■ ts c— N — ' JLit 9 9 0 • _ 1 .... 1 h s: — — f( ^ * /l J 1 1 l 1 1 • d n r 1 1 * m * 1 ^ V 7 J J J 1 « l P I u ’ ’ # > f f f * f # ^ f 1. What a f el-low-ship, what a joy divine, Lean-ing on theEv-er- 2 . Oh, how sweet to walk in this pilgrim way, Lean-ing on theEv-er- 3 . What have I to dread, what have I to fear, Lean-ing on theEv-er- r r # • r r w r f r r r | 1 1 r 1 1 1 a L L ..... r r p p p 1 1 h t - # p m • e c 1 r I j ^ I 1 0 0 M p I o tt it 1 1 1/ t 1 1 i 1 1 r~ 1 1 1 1 / v 1 JV N m: - k t IS ^ l J J □ . jv 1 r 1 £ ■ & 1 0 ( 0 * • sr j r m m a if* r+\ * -4 1 1 1 1 * P P d • d J x>\) - J A J 2 ... H h t\ r n 9 D 9 last last last w ^ w w w . w w w 0 • # 9 - ing Arms! What a bless - ed-ness, what a peace is mine, - ing Arms! Oh, how bright the path grows from day to day, - ing Arms! I have peace com-plete with my Lord so near, .J m a a • m ^ m /kv* ur r « __r r . . r r r - « ^ r K/*ttu. TT r l • j ~ L_ b s s . s : 1 f \ 9 0 9 0 1 W ' IT 0 W • Ufe «3i — h r 1 i , FI v — ft- — r Retrain. h— f -r d= i ! ! i N, -J 11 rn\ # & 1 H H 0 'm 0 P n 3 S ! j \5T7- 72 z A A -j— « J 1 1 tj ^ -0 - 0 - -0 . ^ ^ ^ lean - - ing, Lean - ing on the Ev - er - last - ing An lean-ing on Je - sus, „ ^ IS N N N ^ ^ ns. . 7^jF~rr~r r r p w w r ! ! j r 0 r ^ J i L L • L L . L p p 0 • 0 0 0 * d f 1 f — P n — f » p r r t ]J =F= t V — v — V — U-L 1 1- p IJ No. 75. G. M. BILLS. Pull for Life. COPYRIGHT, 1889 , BY E. O. EXCELL. WORDS AND MUSIC. I I ft M. L. McPHAIL. -J &- £ 9 1. As swift and si - lent the mo-ments glide, And sure - ly 2. So swift the cur - rent that leads a - stray, While sor -rows 3. O care -less sail - or, your per - il heed, While mer - cy 4. Al-though the voy - age be rough or long, The love of . . . J J' J > ± 3E r -r i m =£= 2 'J «- ebb-eth life’s throb - bing tide; I’ll hail the life -boat e’er threat -en the cast - a - way; I’ll shun the break -ers that wait - eth to in - ter -cede! Now let the Sav - ior your Je - sus will make you strong; The song of an - gels in ?■ r h 1 t— 1? r-f § 5 * fj * - hope is dark - ly soul com- sweet ac o’er, And pull for life hide, And pull for life tnand, Come, pull for life - cord, Will cheer you on h frj-g r Mr to the glo - ry to the glo - ry to the glo - ry to your great re ■ shore. - side. - land. • ward. I it Chorus. fri-H I I J , , i| , i 0 - 0 - ~ ' Vr w ^ * life to the shin-ing shore! Seize the oar! doubt no more, Pull for ± * r g ; g 'd?rl7"lr Sir 4 : 3=£ i | I - 1 r n — nj — j j Le tide. To the ha-ven where joys a -bide. m Christ will guide, O’er the tide, To the # ^ ha-ven where joys a - ■0- M m . P f I I : LUr t I II The Bible * No. 76. BARTON. COPYRIGHT j 1887. BY E. O. EXCELL. E- O. EXCELL. £ 1 JL_. IV . \/n ! * i J N. 1 u b ^ fv N, J 1 jk 6 ( M .. j^_ 1 - \ i . 1 fr o P r . J M - ~t" ■ 7 ~ ~] —\ v» 1 Q_J J hJ i ! i 1 i t ! i 9 it JL. ar 1. Tamp of our feet, whereby we trace Our path wh 2. Bread of our souls, whereon we feed; True man - n 3. Word of the Ev - er - last ing God, Will of H 4. Tord, grant us all a -right to learn The wis-dor e £ ~ ~ m # ' S * s^i: en apt to stray; a from on high; is glo rious Son; n it im- parts, • .1 fN hr* a & (a K S : 1 - 7 1 ~ 2 ,~ (ET > r f f I 1 r 9 f 1 f f f ' f f q 5 s m a t 1 1 1 J m 'M t v o 9 r r p 9 4 1 r W W r 9 9 — r p - W 9 1/ u v I l / 1 u r 1 V l^T i Stream from the fount of heav’nly grace, Brook, by the trav-’ler’s way. Our guide and chart, wherein we read Of realms be-yond the .sky. Without Thee how could earth be trod, Or heav’n it - self be won? And to its heav’nly teach-ing turn With sim-ple, child-like hearts. Chorus. No. 77. IDA SCOTT TAYLOR. I Am Trusting. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. words and music. J. S. FEARIS. * I 4= — N & f.- 3 - 1. I am trust -ing in the dear Re - deem - er, As the fleet - ing 2. I am trust -ing in the dear Re-deem-er, Sweet-ly trust - ing 3. I am trust - ing in the dear Re - deem - er, And His prom - is- -p~ 1* ^ P • * — F- Hi — # — P 9 days go by, He day by day; Not es I claim; Oh =£= a — , — 1 — rJ^J- m. me ev - ’ry hour With His place where I may go But His love will nev - er fail Though a m -r-f- rm r A S S. N J P 1 - P—1 !=d t= ' : ES trv i ’ v l: 1 w 1 3 ^ ^ m ^ • 1 -S ri- i • ' s 0 9 e 9 1 1 all - sus - tain - ing pow’r, He will guid-ance I may know, For He thousand foes as - sail, Hal - le < ev - ’ry need sup - ply. leads me all the way. lu - jah to His name! m E -i h t-f- Refrain. I am trust-ing, ful - ly trust-ing, In His grace di-vine and free; S-lf- r > * 1 # r>- ■ . $ ■ g i >-r'# fg - * $ » * '**• \ - m -e-v—0- He m § will par - don my transgressions, -A- 4=- -£2- O ’tis won-der-ful to me. i' TEE itl 3t 3^ 1 79 No. 78. A. J.S. Temperance Song. COPYRIGHT, 1891 , BY A. J. SHOWALTER. Used by Per. A. J. SHOWALTER. ^ r -_s - s j- —1 i~r * tf hr— t- -* 7 -^ H-i— J -:4= 1. Ma-ny are the homes that are dark to -night, Blighted by the 2. Ma - ny are the moth - ers a - wake to - night, Pray-ing for the 3. Ma - ny are the sis - ters a - lone to - night, Dreading lest the 4. Ma - ny are the pray’rs that as - cend to - night, Call-ing for the — — 1— curse of rum; Ma-ny are the hearts that sad-den at the sight, ab - sent one; Fear-ing that the de - mon, with his pow’r to blight, news may come, Tell-ing of the drunkard’s sad and aw - ful plight, help di - vine, Ma - ny are the hands that bat - tie for the right, Jhi ' rTTT~m : £ r - T~E E" B-f- f -N-- {N- Chorus. : i : - 9 -x-* — *~ Longing for the end to come. - Has the awful work be -gun. Lq God of heav’n.make bare Thine arm, And Dy-mg far away from home. Pleading for your boy and mine . ' stop the fiend from work too black to tell; Give us strength to stay his hand, -0 - _ rs ^ • A mr ^ — — - • — ^ •-» m r.t:n Drive the monster from theland,That we in safe-ty once a -gain may dwell. * « • i 90 No. 79. Light in the Cloud. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. J. J. E. WORDS AND music. j- J. EXCELL. dark tho* the cloud may be; All the ways of thy Fa - ther are fear-ful the flash may be; But the God of thethun-der and health and thy wealth may flee; For the strength of thy life is Je- riv - er of life to thee; He will bring thee at last to the A?h r f r-f— f -ri * • ''Z i t 1 Trr . » 4 Refrain. i k-- H Nr-A-4 , --N fe" — k— -0— hr~ # J -H- ad— tr — s * * ' i -2- righteous and true, There is li| lightning is Thine ;There is li^ ho-vah Himself, There is li^ mansions of rest; There is li| 0 0 & w— 0 — 0 ~ \ ^ht in the cloud f< jht in the cloud f< ^ht in the cloud f< ^ht in the cloud f< J p* or t: Dr £ Dr £ Dr £ K -&• hee. hee. 1 hee. J hee. -i s> 1 -S’ light in the 0- ~~ 0 ~ ^^.-b m m 1 0 0 •p — r-r - 1 — w jSL- • LI 1 1 L L_! r _ 0 — » — p — m — 9 — ±^-tt±itd g— F~. i® _ ^ U-V— j £ — L i—v-p i t - — h ■v — i — ^ — No. 80. Which Side? Copyright, 1899. by e. O. Excell. HELEN DUNGAN. words and music. J- M. DUNGAN. rfcb-r -f J— - _x 1 k x, | 1^ rd — A ✓ k kfr. __j p ^ <1 -A -A- .J _P_- j . g «r v 17 1 ■ r J .j g • a 0 0 A j. B “W 1 9 W H X N — L ts 1 1 ✓ b 1/ rr n r * |^- 1 X ^ * — 1 / g [S X IT yM 7 ' a x .. i • 1 ' ] HI i ^a' ' I m * * 1 7 9 n H J _ 2 J J • S i 0 *r2 b • 1 31 . 9 - - • - - ~ ~ line are you on? When foes are ad-vanc-ing and hearts faint with fear, line are you on? With wis-dom and courage to dare and to do, line are you on? For sure - ly His hon - or and truth will pre - vail, 0 ~ . - _ 0 • M 0 2 ® 0 * ! & m 1 r 1 0 0 • r IT r - »" sp-i | 5/*1 17 . 2 i ■ f ft 9 • Hi 1 p 1 1 W'k h b r r p r p 1 ^ s 1 1 v v E 1 J U TJ j B * H i 1 1 1 0 L X J fs X t Chorus. , fs ^ 1 J / 1 17 1 , X I - 1 1 A ' p u J 1 • # #{ J P ^ 1 L ja ^ • 1 9 • LT IT V 17 < £ « • § 9 J ... 1 1 # 0 • a 0 0 • *> X 1 9 C A • 3 in Liiir □ . r CT Which side of the line 9 & s • B & « • # are you < r . on? Which side 0 0 of #• p are you the line a u | ! L L. .(2.* I_ . L. _L T T (SA V L _L L _^2_v ! ■ ■ - - r — W- m k m W • Li V*. (a • igt L L. L — * . « * 1 1 ^ 17 ** ! L r r iv r & a — v 1 A/ ! P_k_ ? 1 X_ ly U P J^. W.— IV 1 1/ b r 1 f. 1 ! i ZaJI j- '*• r -P ^ £ p . .. J 4J_ _J P- x ... 1/1 i k'A « • J J J J_ .-.J d * ^ a x - i 2 . _ Ml i • « ® JR s * 2 • 2 2 t • 0 0 0 - ^ w . 2 v v t on to-day, When evf Lsee' 0 £' ks to temp p . , 0 t you and lead you from the way? Which 0 0 0 #-» # « /mT\* U 1 t: n L j L 1 i r 17 m !_•_* j# • p | t _J |_ JL 0 a 1*0 B s< a Sa W • a Li P -0 - L r 1 V 17 j J L 5 ? m* W W> W J u - ( Yj L ( * i/ i/ 4 s N 1 1 ? V 1 r J r i/ ” ^ X w 1 J - A ! «... 1 T1 / ^ h L ^ • 1 £-'-0 - ■ Ff $ one by one. m m mm X 3= r~rr One by One by One by One by one they’re call’d to the Sav-ior; One, one by one they meet with their lov’d ones, One, one by one they en - ter the gate- way, One, one by one they’re tell -ing the sto - ry, One, one by , j. j 2 one. one. one. one. fcp 3 w r 83 one by o .82. He is Able to Deliver Thee. W. A. O. fc Copyright, 1887, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. W. A. OGDEN. 1. ’Tis the grand-est theme thro’ the a - ges rung; ’Tis the 2. ’Tis the grand-est theme in the earth or main; ’Tis the 3. ’Tis the grand-est theme, let the ti - dings roll, To the * — t a -Sf — l & i & , =3= S3 grand-est theme for a mor - tal tongue, ’Tis the grand - est theme grand-est theme for a mor - tal strain, ’Tis the grand - est theme guilt - y heart, to the sin - ful soul, Took to God in faith, ± JL g. t=f v 5 r W I' £ Fink. I ■ =a=5 S «zl._ tpI: - ■» * ‘Our God is a - ble to ‘Our God is a - ble to ‘Our God is a - ble to de- liv - er thee.” de - liv - er thee.” de - liv - er thee.” that the world e’er sung, tell the world a - gain, He will make thee whole, It FFF= f - liv - er thee" d. s. — Him for rest; “ Our God is a - hie to No. 83. I ARTHUR BELL. fe= Lead Me Home. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. J. S. FEARIS. m i= 1. Lead me, gentle Shepherd, lead me, In the morning calm and bright; 2. Lead me as the day ad-vanc-es; Toil and du - ty must be met. 3. Lead me, as the shadows gather, Gen- tie Shepherd, faithful Friend; a r r I g * \ f=e= m & T® ~«hr When my fait’ ring feet should wander, Turn them back to paths of right. Human strength will not suf-fice me, Be my strength and wisdom yet. Morning, noon and night I need Thee, Guard and guide me to the end. j m & Refrain. m e £ Though I way-ward be, Still Thou lov - estme;Strength-enThoumy • qL • °i t- 4-* ..... £ u !S 1 1 =± £ -0 0 0- 1 — r- r 4^_±rrJ-. ^|— S==|— / weakness make my du - ty plain ‘ fr (<*):, b w . i p p p t ■ 0-4-0--- ! When a - ( : *r£ - * • % : rr- far I stray From the A- A :fi- m tp_. ±- f- £ ; •£=£= f— i-- i/-^i <% u fT fold a-way, Je - sus, gen - tie Shepherd, lead me home a - gain. jl - - . * * J- > at i 85 No. 84. Sunshine, Heavenly Sunshine. Rev. F. L. SNYDER. Copyright* 1899, by e. O. Excelu Words and Music. HOWARD E. SMITH. £ SE i ty * 9 - - 9 - 1. Sunshine, sunshine, heav’nly sunshine, If the path of faith you see, 2. Sunshine, sunshine, heav’nly sunshine, Send its precious rays a -broad; 3. Sunshine, sunshine, heav’nly sunshine, Send its rays both far and near; 4. Sunshine, sunshine, heav’nly sunshine, On the path of du - ty streams, I ! -r- m T — 3 And while walking close to Je - sus, He will shed His light on thee. Show-ing in each word and ac-tion, You are hap -py in the Lord. Just a smile or word of kind-ness, May some wea-ry pil-grim cheer. And the life that lives for Je-sus, Ev-’ry-where sheds heav’nly beams. Chorus. n j 1 a . 1 ! u 1 urS j .. .jJ ( 0, A i j... m 4 - 4 ! J 5 • _i 49 -J JS. fi ja i ^ f N* ITT gr # .^1 ^ * ^ * • Si 1 fr J f 9 p ^ 9 • & & • e * (3 •_ tT Sunshine, sunshine, heav’nly sunshine, As you journey here be - f- f- f- f- -f_ * * V ftf- h low; rj . r t f W & A B .It £ n r. r, r r r 1 r L LJ L/ L • V* > sr V? nr L L S V V — -1 r No. 85. Jesus, Savior, Pilot Me. Rev. EDWARD HOPPER. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excelu words AND MUSIC. Mrs. CARRIE B. ADAMS. j— j— i- f-t* 1. Je - sus, Sav - ior, pi - lot me, O - ver life’s tem - pest-uous sea; 2. As a moth-er stills her child, Thou canst hush the o-ceanwild; 3. When at last I near the shore, And the fear - ful break-ers roar =g=£ fTT r~r~r a Unknown waves be - fore me roll, Hid-ing rock and treach’rous shoal; Boist’rous waves o - bey Thy will, When Thou say’ st to them “Be still!’ * ’Twixtme and the peaceful rest, Then whileiean-ing on Thy breast, - 9 - - 9 - - 9 - & v f f f -4 1 - 4 - I 3 * 3 = ^ ' 'p fj - • * • -*-• Chart and compass come from Thee, Je - sus, Sav -ior, pi - lot me. Won-drous Sov’ reign of the sea, Je - sus, Sav -ior, pi - lot me. May I hear Thee say to me, “Fear not, I w T ill pi - lot thee!” £3e j =t= i xllZ-k Chorus. :st —j Ps 3^5 Pi-lot me, O pi-lot me, Je-sus,Sav-ior, pi- lot pi -lot me, O pi -lot me, - 9 ^ _p_ ±=t=t rtf ttTr-^sr p Rail . Hiil i a 3 H me, Chart and compass came from Thee, Jesus, Savior pilot me. pi-lot me. - \ * -p- . -• _ * Ke-^ r 3 f— 1 87 No. 86 The Cross For Me. ADA BLENKHORN. Copyright, 1899, by e. o. Excelu WORDS AND MUSIC. J. H. ROSECRANS. Au 1 fc tfc« J -fc_ y i ~ i/ a i a J j 1 J j AX) 1 U * 1 4 i • 1 1 __j 1 j ^ . ... 1 \ 4 4 J J i a , i * j * J 1 - - 1 ! • 1 wtr ^ __ 9 • • • * 2 * < p 4 f • s , * ^ • 1 ~ r ® * • * 9 ~ & 1. In earth - ly hon - or, pow’r and fame, The world i 2. My Sav - ior died up - on the cross, From sin 1 3. Thro’ all the changeful scenes of life, True to tl 4. A crown a - waits my go - ing home, Where I m 9 8 • m • - 9 & » “ * _ may glo-ry i :o make me i le cross I’ll Ly Ford shall 0 f see; :ree; be; see; -p- • X U A I 1 — r s 5 . j+b » r 1 i vzJ* { [74 f P"'" r • j 5 tie "O' g U 1 n g 9 • w \r w- e P — r / * f : L r r p r V 0 -4-fS I seek my glo - ry not in these, The cross, the cross for me. And gave to me e - ter - nal life: — The cross, the cross for me. With - in its shad - ow I will hide, The cross, the cross for me. Un - til that hour of joy shall come, The cross, the cross for me. 7^r. 1 t P * 1 1 & 9 • 9 9 • « 1 I 9 9 9 9^—9 • -£2_l. I EZaJZ m _ _U • .J * r r # & 9 r r r r’ F— -F R — l P— H F= h F— v— ( Chorus. — ; — 1 — (— A -N— N- H — r 1 “1 — A- j-H N-- 1 / b 1 'A' j ~N J d /j • n s ■ 1 4 ’ u' J I |7 v i 1 n 1 ! __ ___ J A .» U. 1 1 On V 9 * I ^ i 3 . ^ U # 1 ^ 1 0 ^ ^ ^ & w » The cross, the hallowed cross, The cross, the hallowed c _ £38 Where Je - sus died for me; ross, Am c f- _-p -4 4 | j r 8 r : _i « s Nr* f V» Hi L r e . 7 i r h . _ 1 ^ r , , * r ..... r r — I H ^ 1 ^ of — L -b v -| — k—f + ]/ J I ¥ b+M ii -N — P\ — JV tst 1 T U - N-IS— f -Sr- ’Tis in the cross of Christ my Ford, My glo-ry all shall be. ’Tis in the cross of Christ my Lord, - - J' ^ - - J ^ - . « - =£ No. 87. It May be the Last Time. USED BY PER. OF E. F. MILLER. CURTIS, arr. owner of copyright. E. ^ • MILLER. i — Q~> b ^ i R n H r w ^ ^ w “ r #- t ,-zrd — zr r Jj JS P p - —1 -P- —P -P p rk^"7 i € % J. • g. • 1 -9 * m 9 -J J pL -J — J J tU'r — » 9 2 • .£ • • 2 <* 48 J 9 • 9 m 9 tr ’ -3- 1. Come, sin-ner, come! oh, \ 2 . Come, sin-ner, come! the I 3 . Come, sin-ner, come! ac-c 9 9 g • 9 • ~ -gp*.g_g'ggg vhy do you de - lay? The press-ing in - vi- hideandSpir-it call, Thus say-ing now to :ept the proffered grace, For death may soon be 9 9 9 _ _P • 9 9 9 /a'N* L fTi 1 i i (2 i L .«_• g— L 1) Zj * » a • # * |g |_ j | .g * 9 _| . 1 | 1 1 v* ? JL LA A -9 1 ^ p — ^ — V _P E P E _ J , * — *— | ir V £ P 1 / 9 V 1 / y~i b ik .js is fs __P —f' _ 5 y — r-A A -A k — i 1 — 1 t -^r-R ii r p r r J d- fp 1 -0 0 0 j 4 p. - J i it __ 0 -0 & 0 1® — 3 1 iv j 2 a a a 9 • a * • a d • a 9 9 v 2 - "r- v v ^ ^ ^ 0 ^ ta - tion is that you should come to-day ; To-mor-row has no prom-ise you and me that Je - sus died for all; Oh, grieve not, then, the Spir-it, call -ing you in -to his cold em-brace; The summer will be end-ed, 9 9 9 9 . 9 . • 9 . 9 • 9 9 9 &L 9 9 . 0 .. /-.>• L. i 1 1 . i _i . . J L i^y*, \) w m w w [.■ 1 [_ 1 0 'ft 9 9 9 0 p B vi/k u r r r \ LA • LA LA * M 1 r r r — v~v 1/ ■ V- V P- V V UJ , u J ZJ \J TJ mr r / — -b — V — V — V— -5=t ~ * -3 — j -j r~ n vt k u r p -- P I m ® ^ ^ in « J J - 3 _j 1 1 1 _j ^ a j v LZ 3_-3 • • 2 v mi LJ as J J i ^ s 1 that it can give to you, To-mor-row is e- ter - ni - ty, just ac - cept Him while you can, For God has said, my Spir - it shall not the har-vest will be past, Your lam -en - ta - tion then will be, my Chorus. J ^ j / 1 1 / k v N ■ ■ L J J_ p j p g • > -P- | I V 1 * * J _ m * J g g g . g f ^ J J a J_ f - .. _J » J < R i » r * \ ) 0 • 9 l H | 1 J • L J J J 1 J J c r L/ n r 9 • g g g p hid-den from our view. ^ always strive with man. j- soul is lost at last. J a • a e a C * * * ^ Then come, sinner, come! Sal-va-tion’s free to a. • a a . g- 4 -£• -£■ . -§■ u r r r _ g • i._g ... r r r r r p v v - l_ — 9 — i- ! g L L U m - — m a 4 p — LJ_ 1 . - L r 1 1 5 ^: V v y- " 1 v v f n E ! LJ 1 - J g g g b b v l ; r C C i r J N, J 5s 1 Vi 17 a J ' N T N w \ n h u . J A 1 * J P J \ p R 1 if 5 • a g g— g — j a j S J I aP ' ; S 1 537" ^ ~ 3 a • a j j a s g • *. H 1 a 7 1 1 * ' ' 11; It may be the last time YouTl e Z 9 9 ff. • 0 a 9 i * ■ • r v - er hear the call. ? 9 A • A r g i i r r — 1 1 \SL) \ v. i • • g 9 . g g g g S’ ’ f 1 . f — S 3 SmSh K- f r ; M y ..P4 J. . ^ - . . 5 J * f p_ 1 0 -z 0 — _l_l 89 C / t r~p l No. 88. Oh, It Is Wonderful. Copyright, 1898, by E. O. Excelu C. H. G. Words and Music. Duet. Tenor and Aeto. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. 1 S 9 9 - w WEM 1. I stand all a -mazed at the love Je-sus of-fers me, Con- 2. I mar - vel that He would descend from His throne di-vine, To 3. I think of His hands, pierced and bleeding to pay the debt! Such WM. £ i d: I j: * fused at the grace that so ful - ly He prof - fers me; I res - cue a soul so re - bel - lious and proud as mine; That mer - cy, such love and de - vo - tion can I for - get? No, m i! ; % . I ' : S * fj ~ " -f. -0. * ~ * trem - ble to know that for me He was cru - ci - fied, That He should ex - tend His great love un - to such as I, Suf- no I will praise and a - dore at the mer - cy seat, Un- Rit Hit. i for .me, a sin - ner, He suf - fered, He bled and died, fi - cient to own, to re - deem and to jus - ti - fy. til at the glo - ri - fied throne I kneel at His feet. SF Chorus. u - • >* •> ' y Oh, it is won-der- ful that He should care for me, E-nough to won - der - ful! mm v*_ 7j y 90 Oh, It Is Wonderful. Concluded. > -r— rf-J- I ?i_ | — j 1 zd =T" — H * ^ ^ ^ =H * -j- * # ^ — Z«— ^ - Jl die for me. Oil, it won - der - full is won-der - ful, won-der -ful to me! a — |H— ~ p Tt — r- -£ — r *-Zfc — ■ # <9 f Eir-n A ^ No. 89. My Body, Soul and Spirit COPYRIGHT, 1893, BY MRS. JOSEPH F. KNAPP. MARY D. JAMES. used by per. Mrs. JOSEPH F. KNAPP. AJ+ tt K 1 N 1 N_ (J 1 1 j J i 1 J - 1 vr tl Su : ■ Ml - ■ ®i __i -A a J -P L=V J P 1 n 1 1 A A 1 - -| i n a ■ * vT7 rrz J J J J 4 . • 2 2 J 2 1 J "J — w V V W ^ 1. My bod - y, soul and sj 2. O, Je - sus, migbt-y Sz 3. 0, let the fire de-sc 4. I’m Thine, 0 bless - ed J LL A 4 * * • r p • pir - it, Je - sus, I give to Thee, iv - ior, I trust in Thy great name, end-ing Just now up - on my soul, e - sus, Wash’d by Thy cleans-ing blood; & • & 0 0 0 « 0^:0 SYfl pi 9 # * r ^ _ i 1 M * j 1 1 _L L f 0 0 a r * P r r. r • ( L r u . 1 * 0 L J j y 9 u t ^ r u V 1 1 * "I n +t tt ^ 1 N y M in T j 1 _j I y l j > TL fr g P 1 \ J pj l r v 1 5 9 1 1 1 1 1 1 -j jgg SB 1 p J j_4 _j^ l.J V y i J _ a • s 2 « J 2 a l « • w w ^ ^ a Jl , V V pr IV a -J» «r 0 r u m A con - se - era - ted off - ’ring Thine ev - er - more to be. I look for Thy sal - va - tion, Thy prom - ise now I claim. Consume my hum - ble off - ’ring, And cleanse and make me whole. Now seal me by Thy Spir - it, A sac - ri - fice to God. ll ^ m & • 0 0 S> 0 9 ~ ^ foV+t n- g i 0 a r J i 1 1 r 9 0 0 0 0 a a # • « 1 T ^ 1 1 - 1 » -• 1 r » 0 — r: ~i L J u 1 u c u i L. f P... ' ■ > 1 ^ r rr ^ w ■ 1 r JP f '» — ^ — 1 f-i- 1— -| M- * Jr A: i— , > ... g. tf ^ "l If 1- ^1 1 | * a Ml i J. I f > n a a * 1 # i • J s a . « " • 1 tl J J? 2 J 2 m 9 + ■■ a #- d i fJ My ; | w ' - - . * |y ^ all is on the al - tar, I’m wait - ing for the i 0 0 'P~ * 0 0 & 0 0 are; r^- TL j n i r f & • , i r c: ffs “i 1 0 9 0. r • a m ^ 0 P f \ 1 4* L _ 1^1 J i n ! rn 1 , / i v ■ 1 => 1 -t — t— 7 1 ^ - P- N -n RiL rs "I s H -ft—-- brl 1 Ai — H , . / l iL-*t m a m j — ] i P ^ FV ^ 1 1J 'g£Y J I ri * \ , r a Jl Z : « ^ J : J 2 zJ J 2 a ~ M FH • - ~ ~ v w v - w .... . . v Wait - mg, wait -mg, wait -ing, I’m wait - ing for the ft 1 -On Lb J J # # & • « if fa 0 i ^ r ! r ~ m 0 “ F , 7 i^v v r— r r r W • m 1 r ; } — H W_ttV ±_ _t7 f f — r 1 1 t t t b — » — p P a a 91 f- L f u — r F 1 -r— 1 No. 90. BONAR. Only Remembered. COPYRIGHT, 1899, SY E. O. EXCELL. Mrs. CARRIE B. ADAMS. B 4 — -I- 34 2 -P-- J . ,-| K=J — *t 1. Fad-ing a - way like the stars of the morn-ing, Los - ing their 2. So let my name and my place be for -got -ten, On - ly my 3. So in the har - vest if oth - ers may gath - er Sheaves from the fs rs j\ ■ . m I 34 m ±ES 34 PS SE4» 3=^4 .. . &—■ _ . . light in the glo - ri - ous sun; So let me steal a - way life - race be lov-ing-ly run; So let me pass a- way fields that in spring I have sown; Who plough’d or sow’ d mat-ters t i . • 4 -fi-T-S- i- — I- P — P — *— ts — y . P — P v u i/ 1 £ / I P=\ 4 - s ^S4 -A— « az± ±=± S3 p r~r T U fj * _ 9 _ gen - tly and lov-ing-ly , O11 - ly remembered by what I have done, peace-ful - ly, si-lent-ly , On - ly remembered by what I have done, not to the reap - er, On- ly remembered by what I have done. 0 & 0 - E Ef 0 ~ 0 - £ t=t P— P— P rtt * Chorus. 92 Only Remembered. Concluded. p Rit. m a PP i M 0 IV — 0 4 ir^ mem-bered, On - ly re - mein-bered by wbat I have done. . . & . N i 3 No. 91. ANON. Christ Within Me. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. W. L. ANDERSON. 5 — I -J F 8 — m ~8 ~W~ • 1. All the ful-ness is in Je - sus, And He lives and reigns in me; 2. Christ in you, the hope of glo - ry, An -gels can - not un - der-stand; 3. An-swer to our ev- ’ry ques-tion, Je - sus in us e’er shall be; 4. Je - sus in me for my bod - y, Je - sus in me for my soul, me f-'-.s S-: A - ( 2 - A= W-Lf — i___j — a All the ful - ness of the God-head, O-pened now the mys - ter - y. ’Tis the truth and not a sto - ry , Known to those in Beu - lah land. This our ut - ter-most sal - va-tion, Might-y God in midst of Thee. He is in me for my spir - it; Je -sus makes and keeps me whole. - - ^ _ 0 _. m ■i — b — v — I -* 1 b — EEP P Chorus. N IS =A sfc — — 0 0-T 44 5 E 8 8= A -0— r- Je-sus, Je - sus, Thou art in me, Bless-ed bridegroom of my soul; £ t ' f 8 & £44 - 5 ?- T“ mmrnm m Oh! how sweet that land of Beu - lah, Je - sus makes and keeps me whole. E-,/ • ± ^ 98 ggl ¥ No. 92 Rev. J. H. SAM MIS. Trust and Obey. COPYRIGHT, 1887, BY D. B. TOWNER. Used by Per. 0. B. TOWNER. j j j u i -i r? { i t m ^ 75*" * "n r 1. When we walk with the Ford, In the light of His word, What a 2. Not a shad-ow can rise, Not a cloud in the skies, But His 3. Not a bur-den we bear, Not a sor - row we share, But our 4. But we nev - er can prove The de-lights of His love, Un - til 5. Then in fel -low-ship sweet We will sit at His feet, Or we’ll M \ 1 1 * J:- t- £3= m il : m i-jU- \ glo - ry He sheds on our way! While we do His good will, smile quick-ly drives it a - way; Not a doubt nor a fear, toil He doth rich - ly re - pay; Not a grief nor a loss, all on the al - tar we lay; For the fa - vor He shows, walk by His side in the way; What He says we will do, F=F=^ He a-bides with us still, And with all who will trust and o - bey. Not a sigh nor a tear, Can a-bide while we trust and o - bey. Not a frown nor a cross, But is blest if we trust and o - bey. And the joy He be -stows, Are for them who will trust and o - bey. Where He sends we will go, Nev-er fear, on-ly trust and o- bey. Chorus. Trust and o - bey, for there’s no oth - er way To be f ^ -p- -f- -C 2 - Trust and Obey. Concluded. -T---H FJ=s ' ~:i 1 =i~H i — -# - ! * J \j 9 9 # hap - py in Lj: T I " ~h - Je - sus, But to v£—t t t-i trust and i 0 - bey. i — h p p— - 1 1 - M=^ -r— p — m Mi 1 1 1 1 1 1 No. 93. Jesus is Passing By. E. A. H. Copyright, 1884, by E. O. Excell. Words and music. Rev. E. A. IS HOFFMAN. j-H-M ME t t 9 jrzar ~9— 9~ 1. This is the sea - son of hope and grace, Je - sus is pass ■ 2. This is the hour for the soul’s re-lease, Je-sus is pass- 3. This is the mo-ment to seek the Lord, While He is pass- 4. Trust in the Lord in this hour of need, While He is pass- ing by; mg by; ing by; ing by; ± : — r»>- -r ~ nr rff= rrrr a n l. J-- [\ ... I fy * h J N - V— Sr V \ V ~A A — e 1 m 9— -9r~ — m m L4 ^ ; 1- —d~ -3 * =? R ■gT # i 5 # J*1 9~^9 9 9rr~^ This, for sal - va - tion the time and place, Je - sus Trust Him and thou shalt go forth in peace, Je - sus This is the time to be-lieve His word, While He And you will find Him a friend in- deed, Je - sus <$ & e m m #> r m • m a is is is is p pass-ing by. pass-ing by. pass-ing by. pass-ing by. /STIR |— 1 i- (- r j— 1® 9 9-' A 0 9 — -w- — S — 5 =F— FT-i — H * fe t a -J— v=t=i T=Z~ H -y— -4=6= — t 1 t U v U 1/ rn— 1 1 Chorus. rR-fJ M f— 1 s k | Fv-, 4jf t? h n 1 Lj_ r J <01 - 1 H tr V J J - ! 1 L_ d am d 5 J 1 — kz * *» & fJ J 9 J ^9 0 i 0 • s Je-sus is pass -ing by, Je-sus is pass - ing by; I * 9 9 9 a 9"e Bring Him thy heart ere in grief He depart; Je-sus is pass-ing by. 0 * — a a a ■ 0 mb y v W 95 No. 94, I Will Not Forget Thee. C. H. G. COPYRIGHT 1889, BY E. O. EXCELl. words and Music. N n— « CHAS. H. GABRIEL. S--?-- . . . 1. Sweet is the prom-ise “I will not for-get thee,’’ Nothing can mo* 2. Trust-ing the prom-ise “I will not for-get thee,” Onward will I 3. When at the gold -en por-tals I am standing, All mytrib-u- tel# ± E4 f ter ■+- & — -J- * * — * "L*— EE f lest or turn my go with songs of la - tions, all my ■ tl soul a - way;B’en tho’ the night be dark with - joy and love, Tho’ earth de - spise me, tho’ my sor-rows past, How sweet to hear the bless - ed -* — •- 3= r-rr-rr i & — * — j i — r~f SE = 3 — t in the val - ley, friends for-sake me, proc - la - ma-tion Just beyond is shin-ing one e -ter-nal day. I shall be re-mem-bered in my home a-bove. “Bn-ter faith-ful serv-ant, wel-come home at last.” # 4 "f 1 & 96 I Will Not Forget Thee. Concluded. get thee or leave thee; I am thy Re-deem-er, I will care for thee. f \\ r r if f f F -j ^ No. 95. Let Your Light Shine. ANNA D. BRADLEY N COPYRIGHT 1897 BY E. O. EXCELU Words and Music. iM=i J. H. ROSECRANS. ** g gf 8 ^ 1 . What are you do-ing, broth-er — Do-ing for Christ to-day? Say, does your 2. Have you a bur - den lift - ed? Spok-en a word of cheer? Filled one sad 3. Have you a lost soul rescued, Helped him the tempter flee, Helped him to r— r ■&- r — r M Z^N-: fV 1 -h — j -P fci 1 1—| f- — | — Ni — fr- _J ? — [_ ^^2 1— j}_- — . EW 4=d= tr~ * * 1 light shine heart withe sing in 0 Y — brighter, As you go on your way? \ omfort, Banished an anxious fear? rapture — “J esus has se ^ me free?” ' & r? 0 ~P~ 0 ^ IT „ Let your light shine more and | shine, brother, . p p-F-F-FP 9- « * • kfr=M£. -s? — 1 i?? ~r 1 T-t-tr — ?rt> — 1 r — — ! f — ^ — | — > n *2 N -Z5i r j N sH N [Jr f? l d « a - • Q V J - • ~ 0 • t IT 5 ? 9 a • 9 m K~JLE 0 # • # r it r i/ b . u more, Let your light shine more a: more and more shine, brother, J f'fci f'-. J T M b * nd more, Let your more and more, * - - • - /y\« u 0 • 9 U ^ « l Eg: S L»_ Lo 5£ • 1/ ” f * 1™ 1 P r t 1 J 1 1; !! l / / j V~ 1 » • » “hr b 1“^ p b* c l _! gLZgZIZ ZHZ, jTrrrrLJLJ — ^ $ T No. 96. Come Unto Me. 4 Copyright, 1899, by e. O. Exceuu Rev. G. O. words and music. Rev. GEO. ORBIN. j\ to 1 4 - - - jv — u — j 1 1 < * /v_. t± H w s ... Jto J J , N 1 1 mi A- p - IS J 4 - • q 3 • m J J l S J 2 2 • a O 4 - S-: 1. Hin - der 2. Safe in 3. Come now 4. Then in 5 ?- * . 0 * * # * * the chil-dren, they said to the Mas - ter, Why should the the arms of His ten -der com-pas - sion, Play - ful the to Je - sus, oh, thrice hap - py wel - come,Wel-come to the day of Plis sec - ond ap - pear - ing, When from His 0 & * 9 • 0 & m i i ~ — : r r - r a L 4__J— _ 1 u & m L * L a ui • \m /* • 1 | j r r u r 1: 1 » l T J to r- 1 b £ r moth-ers bring 1 prat - tiers sat Him who died pres - ence rnoun-' =5= $ to Thee? Hin - der them not was His knee, Wait - ing to get His the tree, Tho’ He is reign - ing shall flee, Sweet - er than ev - er =3= the di- will l 1 ! 1=^=^=^=^ — r • F F F=1 — r ■ r J -j ’ \ • r n pi t sU i J ; >:1 f an-swer of Je vine ben - e - die man-sions of glo be the glad wel- - sus, - tion, -ry, come, ‘Tet all the lit - tie ones come un ■ Hap - py to hear Him say, ‘ ‘ Come un ■ Yet does His spir - it say/ ‘Come un - As thou shalt hear Him say, “Come un ■ m P^=jE=P= to me. 7 me.’ me.’ me.’ 42- to -5 « ■ 98 Come Unto Me. Concluded A iN l [i-.- ■ * 11 7 J>_ _ 11 f N N fr P P 1 i R 1 P 1 ) 1 . 1 i J - — 0 1 R ~ ~ ~ ° - 5 - % -J- 9 * 9 * -4 bring them in to - day, And suf - fer them to come un - tc -P- ® t * * * 75 > me /*>«+»■ ! a # e a d * • 1 a i^4r 1 1 L l 1+ Id La La Sk La • 2 J t 11 ^ | * — W n -£ — f? — t f. p PL g }— i— . H — I 1? — t? "E—1 h — tH H ? — V V — v — 1 v 9 h — L-^— ^ — IJ No. 97. He Loves Me. C. H. G. COPYRIGHT 1889, BY E. O. EXCEU.. Words and Music. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. Efe=t=t n* 1. Je - sus blest ma-ny lit - tie chil - 2. When He lov - ing - ly called them to 3. He looks down from a - bove and sees dren When He was on Him, Took them kind - ly us, Hear -ing ev - ’ry eg 1 - -h* 4- -tr-tr ifc earth be - low; Oh, it makes me so glad and hap - py When I on His knee, When He said un-to His dis - ci - pies; “Let the word we say; How it grieves Him to see us sin - ful, And some- Chorus. rj 9 r s :■ "1— tr J i J- 1 L 1 1- w 01 L€ • d fX fj * __ V 1 J ___ ( V d- . - -72- r deep - ens — Lord, with me a - bide! When oth-er help - ers dim, its glo - ries pass a - way; Change and de - cay in grace can foil the tempter’s pow’r? Who like Thy-self, my gloom and point me to the skies; Heav’n’s morning breaks and igS: * :J- - 72 - ■H 8 # r -£g^ad t=i 1 2 _J 1 _ _ 71 r 1 1 trW & 9 a r 1 * iT _J 1 r ■ ■ 0 M _ j € ! =S# « _J_£2_Lg % # L * f 1 — # — i — gpi fail, and comforts flee, Help of the help-less, oh, a-bide with me! all a-round I see; O Thou, who changest not, a-bide with me! guide and stay can be? Thro’ cloud and sunshine, oh, a-bide with me! earth’s vain shadows flee! In life, in death, O Lord, a-bide with me! No. IOO. Heirs to the Kingdom. MINNIE B. JOHNSON. Copyright, 1899, by E. 0. Excell. Words and Music. RAN. C. STORY. _ Heir t0 ^ m ~zsr •25ti f :* dom, Heir to the throne, Crown king-dom. Heir to tlie throne, Heir to the throne, Crown and a seep - ter s i. u M _ 1 — -# 0 ~ ri» 6“ . ■ “t m . U I 1 1 1 1/ P 1/ ±z=t 10a Heir to the Kingdom. Concluded. H — f— — -i 1 -1 P I __j m .t! ^ r* ll 1 • 4, 4, • & 9 jl f X J— J & 44 O' ^ J • 4 « 0 • 0 ~ JJ t - - - and a seep - tre All, all my own Crown and a scep-ter, All, yes all my own, all my own. - „ • - ,9 • J 7 7 j //ttV S % • S m m 0 'j® i *> 9 w ^ i r- r 1 ~ lit i A \j ^ i r ‘ (3 & 1 ✓ 7 V W No. 101. Hail, Thou Once Despised. JOHN BAKEWELL. AUTUMN. 8, 7, D. “0T"b'"tro \ — f V-l A-r-J i-J- zr - & • ^ J • 1 7 O -s«j j V ~ 0 • J i t p , . -J, 3 | V7 — 321 -r _ i 4 i — - J jtu A A L T tJ -4- • * ^ * • • i . Hail, Thou once de-spi 1 N 1 J J • s-ed J< Jl. s - sus! Hail, Thou Gal - i - le - i c J J . 1 1 m K r f ~ffr -mg! | | f _ («*\* h ; O J 1 j 1 0 ' 2 * * * * * * 9 - > ^ • m r L L LL_J » i - i £7 ! d ? B r l - - i«r fcX ! _ . i — ! — ^ ~1 1 j 4 » • 1 L » L L_ ' J ——V—V—ZT9 • w 7? • 0 1 J0-. & » .... & : c ; U l 4L _ 1 ^ * r -i — 1 — 1 f f? • j- t— ; 1 ^ . J i J r i i . J. • « .. . J r 9 • 3 * i 0 • l 4 p| • 1 1 ® i ■1— VT7 H J a • 0 — r ® ■ ) & -gl- ^ i - • # - Thou didst suf - fer to re - lease us; Thou didst free sal-va-tion bring. d. s. — By Thymer-its we find fa -vor; Life is giv - en thro' Thy name. - • ~ ^ o ^ . J ^ ^ « zjWhi r 1 ■K. g TZZF r K | PT » i: p r i 9 • 4 F i r ^ .j [£>, V h i r [O • 1 9 . •_.i f 1 1 F"~ r 1 i 9 • | o • i r O i i , - ti J ! . J I 1 1 / ift C C : J-ffl & §1 J—-J- Hail, Thor k r -j— r^r tag - iPt o - niz-ing Sav-ior, Bear-er of our sin and shame! ^ — 0-.-0 T J--. J — - — — i r | 1 h » i - g hg O — : — L - 4 2 Jesus, hail! enthroned in glory, There forever to abide, All the heavenly hosts adore Thee, Seated by Thy Father’s side: There, for sinners Thou art pleading, There Thou dost our place prepare; Kver for us interceding, Till in glory we appear. 3 Worship, honor, power and blessing, Thou art worthy to receive, Loudest praises without ceasing, Meet it is for us to give. Help, ye bright angelic spirits, Bring your sweetest, noblest lays; Help to sing our Savior’s merits; Help to chant Immanuel’s praise! 103 No. 102. Take Him at His Word. LANTA WILSON SMITH. I £4 COPYRIGHT 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. J. H. ROSECRANS. g 7 , 4 r -l v ' J -J i “#■ # • :g: 1. When your heart sinks ’neath the burden, Of an un - for - giv - en sin, 2. Tho’ your wayward heart has treasured Sins that none but Christ may know, 3. There’s no phase of life for -got-ten, There’s no time of doubt or care, . . . . 1 h t- — ! — r — r — 1 r — * rf - f — l ■ ? i n& r rg r I tfcfc t * ^'-8 1 ; ; ; » « 1 ^ t ~i~ Think how Christ in love and mer-cy, Opened heav’n to let you in. They shall be no more remembered, When He makes them white as snow. When the soul needs help or com-fort But some bless-ing meets us there. Z Z Z Z Z i 3 Read His words of sweet forgiveness Till your heart with j oy is stirred ; Deep and ten -der His com-pas-sion, For in weakness all have erred, Bv - *ry great and precious promise That the world has ev - er heard, _ „ t- * t- i m rc-c-rr m -J — J- s - re T ""•S- tJ- ^ He has promised to re-deem you, Then just take Him at His word. And repentance brings forgiveness- Then just take Him at His word. Reaches us thro’ all the a - ges- Then just take Him at His Word. - - - - • • -I 1 b ppi LZt ± 1 r £ Chorus. -A-4v- 1 J4 # — 0 Why not trust the words of Je - sus, Has He ev - er proved un-true? Why not trust - - ti ^ 4^4-4* -h h -i t 4 Take Him at His Word. Concluded. pllll *-*» — - £ PP •gr 3=£ ST 0 that bless - ed ‘ ‘Who-so-ev-er, "Means no oth-er, more than you. O that bless-ed“Who-so-ev-er,” *- 4 ^ 4 £?- . * J » • r— f -m i f i i i _ » -f 4c r No. 103. ANNA MARLIM. I Come to Thee. Copyright, 1887, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. E. O. EXCELL. : 1 — | — -[= — h 1 [ — -T=l .« J==J «_ s s # • : 3 j — i i 2. A home for wea - ry souls, A rock my trust to stay, 3. My sins how man - i - fold, Yet Thou canst cleanse them all; 4 4 4 1 paf i f Jfi- /he r* When earth -ly help - ers flee, Thou art my hid - ing place. My shep-herd and my guide, Who on - ly knows the way. Oh, lead me to Thy home, And keep me lest I fall. It 1 -P2- =F=f=r Chorus. u, ,!§§§§: I come, iX I come, i. v to Thee, _ to Thee, 4 . t- - In sor - row and in my dis-tress, 1 1 f r 1 -f* — !*- i l^li ig I come, I come, To Thee for ho - li - to Thee, _ * to Thee, - j A* S - ^ f . r ness* pfcpnn 105 No. 104. Christ at the Door. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. J. GRIGGS. WORDS AND MU8IC. FRANK A. SIMPKINS. zfc 1. Be-hold a stran-ger at the door, He gent - ly knocks, has 2. O love - ly at - ti-tude, He stands, With melt-ing heart and 3. Ad - mit Him e’er His an -ger burn; His feet de - part - ed i i— rr 1 c r • rr dja' tr» knocked be -fore, He’s wait - ed long and wait - ing still, You would bleed - ing hands, O match-less kindness, and He shows This ne’er re - turn; Ad - mit Him or the hour’s at hand You US! t =t ± = £ . * ! — I — ' J .: t ' i =l_ T 1 = r- fr^TFrrt Chorus. 1 tv — g — g- ST t C C "C-p treat no oth - er friend so ill. * matchless kindness to His foes, at His door re - ject - ed stand. is knock-ing is knocking,gent-ly knocking fr-f y - — y — y — y — — y — ■ t -V — V Us M >. ?. f c ' c .-rr-j ,j c c c ^ gent-ly knocking, He is knock - mg at your He is knocking-, hear him knocking, He is knocking, He is knocking at your u S u jjfrE tt«- • ■ b_±: i- I 1 fr+b 1 — U— b 1 - P=P= * 1* F V— b- 1/ U 1/ lb b Ad: door, at your door, Je - sus Christ, the Son of door, yes at your door,’Tis Jesus knocking, gent - ly knock-ing He is -d- -6- \* p Christ at the Door. Concluded. *- * •- ic 3 tffff tj God, ~h V V will ye have Him turn a - way. Why Knocking-, softly knocking-,. O why will, why will ye have Him turn a - way. A- & t~Fmt No. 105. JESSIE B. POUNDS. Beautiful Isle. Copyright, 1897, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. . h N J. S. FEARIS. 1. Somewhere the sun is shin - ing, Somewhere the song-birds dwell; 2. Somewhere the day is long - er, Somewhere the task is done; 3. Somewhere the load is lift - ed, Close by an o - pen gate; M i m i- FT Hush, then, thy sad re - pin - ing; God lives, and all is well. Somewhere the heart is strong - er, Some-where the guer-don won. Somewhere the clouds are rift - ed, Some-where the an -gels wait! 5 : *r r » j m c r t r - c ^ r~ rr-'T $£ Chorus. t V J- -J- 3 = Some - where, Some - where, Beau-ti - ful Isle of Some-where! Some-where beautiful, beau- ti -ful Isle. > — - - - - - m it. it £ 5 ✓ Land of the true where we live a-new, — Beau-ti-ful Isle of Somewhere! I s /Tv . « No. 106. Oh, I Never Can Forget. _ Copyright, 1894, by The Hoffman Music Co. A. H. used By p ER Rev. E. A. HOFFMAN. — j m fS 1 ^ s is is -N [s 1— | ,_.5t w V r J— J- 4 . J J P J J i r f — 1 (u V4 £ _ J J J « J 2 J i ! 1 P 4 $ 9 & i V L L t J J 4 P 4 9 4 9 0 » A tJ 9 9 9 9 9 9 r (Oh, I nev-er can for -get, For it lin - gers with me yet, \ When the bur-den rolled a - way, And my night was turned to day, 2 ( I re-mem-ber it so well, And my grief I can - not tell, ( But I turned un - to the Lord, And by trust -ing in His Wprd f Now my heart is full of song, Hal- le- lu-jahs thrill my tongue, 1 How can I but praise His name, And His matchless love pro -claim, .5 s h 9 9 # 9 9_ “P" 9 -f- 9 9. 9 9 9 9 9 r r — r — i _L_ i p F m F F A—U u tv lv tv tv 1 lv J 4 1 — -1 9 ' - f 9 — * — p — 1 1 r v 1^. X x | x — — x 4 / — l + 1 * b- : - J w & Chorus. ■ £ The sweet joy when my sins were for-giv’n; 1 " Earth seemed al - most transformed in-to heav’n. J i When con - vie - tion first came to my soul I was saved and made con-cious-ly whole. For His love and His good - ness I know. \ Who has washed me as white as the snow, j > 4 4 A A • It was down at the 4 ; i • : •: I - ; ; -94— s h - A i A 9 0 f — “ X~ H i r i , 4 p fr\\ 9 J » 2 U ~ u u \ L J 4 9 r ^ 9 r _ r nr r □ r i l 9. VjT 9 - rolled ; -Pi V a - way, 11 -t 1/ V i : was there 1 # :£ 1 [ first be-lieved And His * * : f- * £- 9 9 9 9 ri l \ ] ipj-z r r ^ • r L_ L w - n~ ^ r [V 1 # i m i 1 M 9 F 1 ' -J 1 ? — 1 7 l 1 i — i f t 108 Oh, I Never Can Forget. Concluded. No. 107. Joy to the World. ANTIOCH. C. M. Rev. ISAAC WATTS. Arr. by LOWELL MASON. And heav’n and nature sing, 2 Joy to the world, the Savior reigns, Tet men their songs employ ;[ plains, While fields and floods, rocks, hills and Repeat the sounding joy. 3 No more let sin and sorrow grow, Nor thorns infest the ground; He comes to make His blessings flow Far as the curse is found. 4 He rules the world wdth truth and And makes the nations prove [grace, The glories of His righteousness, And wonders of His love. 109 No. 108. Dr. E. T. CASSEL, I Marching On. COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY E. O. EXCELL. words and music. FLORA H. CASSEL. + 1?=f # * T p ✓ ^ ^ 1. We’re marching, marching, on to Ca-naan’s Land ;The sea of sin shall 2. A - rise! a - rise! with faith and courage strong; Go forth, go forth to 3. Then blow the horn and march when God shall call ;The sins of earth like 4. When sa - tan sets the bat - tie in ar - ray, We’ll nev - er fear since ! \ jS | )M±=t ± 4-- rt h j It part at meet the Jer - i Je - sus God’s com-mand; - gi - ant wrong; I ■ CO shall fall; \ Then 011 - on to vlc ' to * r >’ and leads the^ way; gj ii i f iM 1 hf-rr * IS -zri-v 3E nev - er, nev - er fal - ter While our Cap - tain leads the way. m =£=*= 1 - 1 -1 > g - i Chorus. | _ g=|| ! f K * Oh, what joy when vie - to - ry crown us, And we Oh, what joy - Oh, what joy, EE I=£e£ 3 H- 3sb - 4 - 1£ su u tl* x & & T x "y ? the beau-ti-ful land, There with friends .... e - beau-ti-ful land, beau-ti -ful land, There with friends 8 * * en-ter |S^— ^£ 4 U I - 110 f-- P i u Marching On. Concluded. wJ SE irtr Pf tHT u ^ L' 1^ I ^ i/ 1 ter-nal-ly round us, Peace shall reign on ev -’ry hand. eternally round us, Peace shall reign on ev’ry hand. ;* * * » s -t>>— V- No. 109. R. K. C. Hark to the Story. Copyright isos, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. R. KELSO CARTER. — | c N- o A:t~ 3=3= 'v 1. Hark to the sto - ry of Je - sus, L,eav-ing the mansions a - bove; 2. Won-der-ful, won-der-ful sto - ry! Tell it with voice and with pen ; 3. Sto-ry of grace and of glo - ry, Ring-ing with rap -tu-rous praise; -fg- ^ ® A m m 4 ] — ■■ b I— — u «r • • • . • ' * Com-ing to seek and save sin-ners lost, By His re-deem - ing love. Je - sus hath said to each dy - ing soul, “Ye must be born a -gain” Out of sin’s darkness in - to the light Of God’s e - ter - nal days. • • *• *> •#- a . -»■ »• »- gg- ; -o- -#•_ J gs P * Refrain. II No. no, My Father Knows. COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY E. O. EXCELL. S. M. I, HENRY. WORDS AND Music. E. O. EXCELL. 1. I know my heav’n-ly Fa - ther knows The storms that would my 2. I know my heav’n-ly Fa -ther knows The balm I need to 3. I know my heav’n-ly Fa - ther knows How frail I am tQ 4. I know my heav’n-ly Fa - ther knows The hour my jour - ney ti3=£ & r^— £ H 1- k t r-rrm 1 ft |-4 J l l ft way op - pose. But He can drive the clouds a - way, And turn my soothe my woes; And with His touch of love di-vine, He heals this meet my foes, But He my cause will e’er de-fend, Up -hold and here will close, And may that hour, O faith-ful Guide Find me safe A- jg-- -f- ' £ £ 6 =t My Father Knows. Concluded. —4 ‘ i H £ -A— A sTu'5r * -5rif He knows, He knows, And tempers ev’ry wind that blows. My Father knows, I’m sure He knows the wind that blows. 1 I ’ h ■mt bH b»- L — fry — £ mfrr i No. III. Under The Cross. Copyright, 1889, by E. O. Excell. wm. McDonald, words and music. e, o. excell. N — i h ~ :■}■--) 1 J_Jb -1 -j-i J-= — | — " if ^ — si" n n 3— ^ tt ^ 1. I am com-ing to the cross; I am p< 2. I/mg my heart has sigh’d for Thee, Tong ht 3. Here I give my all to Thee, Friends, anc A • 0 ft A ^ A 4ft _ A -0 0 0 1Tb Lilr Dor, and weak, and blind; is e-vil reigned within ; L time, and earthly store; r ■ r — ji * i r L f" H . L - L L L= -r^r=f— ; pm PtP^ z , — 1/ i.i X r n rr ' X r -1- — ( 1- — l- — *-! — [_ u Ua- J 0, > 'o-l T- N h i 1 1 1 / h uv'U &. 4 . - _L__J__L ___j 1 I rT\K J/ 0 * 1 fll « » * 1 □ □ J J J -■ — — 1 I v-17 1 i 1 J Ai A j -01 i 5 ^ y 1 U -0-* * -5- * -lid -0- *- - - ~ ^ • I am counting all but dross, I shall full sal - va - tion Je - sus sweetly speaks to me, ‘ ‘I will cleanse you from all Soul and bod -y Thine to be, Whol-ly Thine for ev - er - A • a JO m Mk A At A 0 AS m tea- sin.”. . . more . . . Hallelujah! S-Ss 0 l. . r r r f r p w r ,■ 0 r r_ 0 u r 03 FIT* V h T i * l D I y 1 1 [ 1 I 1 1 i# Id | jm jm r-K ^ | 1 17 fT 5~< 9 IS P 0 * P 0 - ■w i 9 1 -■ 1 r: ~ 1 r 1 , 1 1 1 ! 9 ji L 1 ; 11 1 1 Chorus. bN-j-E £ -a a-r — a — 4 See -U J n srt '' 0 * - ® * 0 L Un-der the cross I 1; J /. $ 1- , — P P' P a 0 - ay my su 0 0 ^ t ^ -«-. i ‘ as, Un-der the cu ? 0 — — i oss they lie; p 0 ^ — 1 :EZI-p/ h . 1 V t=t=; „ t±=b-f 5=C=: ] rr- t < 1 VTT 1 L J i 2-drk- 1 “1 I s fc — f— j y h 0 i PI 9 5 4 S J j J _ g J . J J II ^ } V 1 1 1 f 1 5_l « < 0 0 • 0 l * i 1 V J J . r ss J .J I I J 1 1 i j Jfi w w • w 0 3 Un - der the cross ] * 0- 0 S ! lay my sin - -0- -0-. -0- * * s, Un-der the cross I’ll die. ,■ r r 0 a r r r r r r ^ ? 0 v U . j i 9 1 » r l 1 9 1 11 1 r l 1 . i 1 L si m . i # 0 . i P i<5> P P * 0 <2 ^ JJ r l / ! 1 ..1 r c p 1 1 No. 112. Sometime, Somehow, Somewhere. Copyright, 1899. by E. O. Excell. JESSIE BROWN POUNDS. words and mus.c. E. 0. EXCELL. ' 9 %- .. K JP_ p s 1 1 - 1 K / ^ 41 J _p p _p_ _ 1 1 \ 1 I V o. p • J ^ 1 8 P J ! i i V — 1 — 1 V 2_o L ff j « ! _r • • ~4 ff V rr * ' *• * » 1. Sometime, the tem-pest that frights thee will cease; Some-time, the 2. Some-how the bur -den you bear will be borne; Some -how be 3. Somewhere the treas-ures long lost will be found, Somewhere, the 9 c . . * . * * ffl * £ L r. r fl r« » . iff . -r * i i 1 Iff ID f iff 1 ft. \ r r n — Q |_ 1 f f p fL__ p f (. y v '— ^ 1 b Qj m • H* fep 1 * V V — V b i — r — — £g-£— ^ iN I£y HS~ =L=^ t— iH ~1 ^ j* ■a — M ✓ L_ 3 ^ 1 P !N P J P2 J ! ft T « J . J 0 ffl • a d * 1 4 J 4 * ff J H H *» «— ji i. L 1 — | Vf 1 “1 ff ff ff ff ff ff ff Mas - ter Him-self will speak peace healed the heart that is torn; harp that is si - lent will sound ff -fr :Pl # J' it pffikJj p * # * • <*- -J- -ff- • ; Some-time, the sun thro’ the Some-how the grace that is ; Somewhere is end - ed earth’s »• ff» /ffV# Iff iff iff iff •’ff' ff iff . •X st # i p ff F r r r 1 1 M • iff p 1 F 1 r r — v* — b— l* T - 1 £ — r r it n : ■ c J > ■j— — 1 — p— r* s . s - IV- n 1 vf ff \ « dJ 1 __j ff ^ |k j 1 i frh 1 1 • 1 J 5 N J „ p mTm S J __ J J 1 1 _ 4 * J ' ! “ a ff • ff • 2 ^ - -5 ” ‘-S-: -i- ^ • m * * « * clouds will ap - pear; Sometime, the mean-ing of life will be clear. need - ed will fall ; Some-how thy heart will be strengthened for all. wea - ri-some quest; Somewhere is rapt-ure, and somewhere is rest. ^ _ ~ _ _ _ _ & _ « # ~P~ ff^ff • ff p ff' • 'f » • «> • «» ff ff ff i r i 1 BirrPS r r i r u LULL Ijw 7 # ~ ff iff 1 » ff r ' 9 w* vr m m 1 1 r. i r^r 1 1: r ~ r __ r r p j # 1 L L L L 1 1 J 1 / V Chorus. > M - p 1 p ^ ^ ¥ ¥ l ! I p P ■ K IS P J ff J y? J 41 j - O - K k 1 1 ff. • N |i J..2 P us. J frP ® * i J : p hJ ff n 1 ff V 7 1 _ ff*' i 1 ff P n l j j 1 ^ ff • ff Stay thou i * ff « ff ff -5- -j- -ff- ff<^< thy soul on the prom-ise se - cure, •r »- . • _ 1 . « Sta r • « y thoi ff I thy h l/WVft. __ i . j p # ff ff * #' • 'i w * r r w „ -J- - ~W T~~i ... » - ff-- | - j - r i i \j P- -1 — b/ 1, 1 — l b 9 V- - M -ff~-i M-! — i-i -F7 r-v soul, then, and bravely en - dure; All thy dis - tress - es and frf m ITT 1 14 Sometime, Somehow, Somewhere. Concluded. I doubts will be past, Some-time, and somehow, and somewhere at last. P FTT ’ s f Mo. M3. How They Sing in Glory. HARRIET E. JONES. COPYRIGHT, 1894, BY E. O. EXCELL. FRANK M. DAVIS. 1 ,-1 . Y~ 2~ l£S W-t ^ •T -L * r® •{ p When the bur-dened heart re-lents, How they sing in glo-ry, ) When the soul un-done re-pents, How they sing {Omit.) ) in glo-ry; When they seek for Him who died, How they sing in glo-ry, ) Come to Christ, the Cru - ci - tied, How they sing ( Omit.) ) in glo-ry; Would you help to swell the strain In the realms of glo-ry, \ Come with all your woe and stain, To the King (Omit.) J of glo-ry; 1 h |S ' i in^ i T £ d= 1^ When is heard the wea - ry sigh And the pen - i - ten - tial cry, All the hosts of heav’n re - joice Prais - ing God with heart and voice, Come, my broth - er, come to - day, Come to Je • » * ' 9 St- mm sus while you may, rsi ... -*:• ... A J ^=P= m pmmm i j -- . T. j . r- 1 r i i r “Save me Je - sus^ or I die,” How they sing in When He proves the sin-ners’ choice, Christ, the King of He will wash your sins a - way, Lead you home to glo - ry. glo - ry. glo - ry. ? S l Ml =r== 115 No. 114. Marching to Victory. HELEN DUNGAN. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. £ J. M. DUNGAN. 9 V ~dr - 1. Foes may lurk a-round us and our way be lone and drear, They can 2. We have His blest promise that He’ll be our Guide and Friend, He will 3. What a bless-ed Sav - ior, who will lead us all the way, Thro’ our O- £3^ 0 - * n m P s 1 : r - s 1 : / i ,‘kU ; y i nev-erharmus with the Sav-ior ev - er near; And if we but not de-sert us but will keep us to the end; And when foes as- cares and tri-als to the land of Per-fect Day; Let us trust Him :£ 42-J f -mr m m Wti ^SS . trust Him, He will make our pathway clear, As we march to vic-t’ry, sail us, He our souls will sure de - fend, As we march to vic-t’ry, ful - ly, He will ev - er be our stay, As we march to vic-t’ry, ^ . -j -p- * * m t trrt v- Chorus. Jp 1 IN r ■>;- =1 — sp— 1 =^=E=fcts=: f - brt d 3 ®pi "—J 3 1 — n J - vict’ry in His name. Marching along to vic-to-ry, Marching a - long to vic-to - r .v> . Jesus, our m m m f _ p-F=td!=E= +- • x • . * • • I 1-1 LJ fW- *. -.JJJJs q_ 0 $ 1/ k -4 HP N- m- :::: Je-sus, our Guide. isev-ernear, He will protect Guide, is ev-er near, He will pro-tect and make us x ... 151 s M X a . x , I s h I s ■ji 116 Marching to Victory. Concluded No. 115. Hear the Savior Speaking. E. E. HEWITT. Copyright, 1899, byE.O. Excell, words and Music. HOWARD E. SMITH. -0- dHiurf— d -N— i * i : — J J p_ _ —j-j V J J — 1 J 1 J * . Z # • 0 1 _J v&r Pti 9 & fj 9 5 5 9 " ® # # 1. Do you hear the Sav-ior speaking, Hear His kind and gen-tle voice? 2. Do you hear the ten-der Shepherd, Call-ing for the lambs a-stray? 3. Do you hear Him sweetly say-ing, ‘ ‘Suf - fer them to come to me?” -4 4 - i r— T ~ — t TTT-C i J M 1^ L/' r - 1 Det us glad-ly, glad-ly lis-ten, He will make our hearts rejoice. Take us in Thine arms, dear Sav-ior, Dead us in Thy ho - ly way. Let us ear - ly seek His blessing, And His lov-ing children be. 4 4 A . 4 4 4 i sgg ^ t f-f-IH r i I [■ H TTP 3 I £ n ,, 1 1 1- 1 . 1 1 1 •J j- 5 T -«i : — «i M — P — [V~K — s K — Ps 1 h^rrl— S N s— 41 tr — L * v£ - i * S g. 5 ^ j Hark! hark! hark! Je-sus is speaking to - day; Hark! hark! hark! Gladly we [Omit ] hear and 0- rgi£rr f r ** 1 m bey. l ^T»ffH laNl fc = c = r f-fdJ 117 No. 116. HENRIETTA E. BLAIR. Meet Me There. Copyright, 1385, by Wm. J. Kirkpatrick. USED BY PER. tr - 5 - 9 • WM. J. KIRKPATRICK. S: 1. On the hap - py gold - en shore, Where the faithful part no more, 2. Here our fond - est hopes are vain, Dear - est links are rent in twain, 3. Where the harps of an - gels ring; And the blest for - ev - er sing, Wh_4-4_ xzt H — *- i mm =t «= s. = Q = ,-S r When the storms of life are o’er, Meet me there; Where the But in heav’n no throb of pain, Meet me there; By the In the pal - ace of the King, Meer me there; Where in J\ ji J'. J* * £ # im U ti d. s — When the £ mm a Efe SE 3 J .-y. m s ■ 0 — 7 - 0 - 0 — k - - • r~r night dis-solves a - way In - to pure and per - feet day, I am riv - er sparkling bright, In the cit - y of de - light, Where our sweet communion blend Heart with heart and friend with friend, In a „ J'. j} A g -- I k± s u FT J storms of life are o'er. On the ''hap - py gold - en shore , Where the Fine. Chorus. 1 ^ r ^ i [/ r ' 1 1 / U * 1 1/ p go - ing home to stay, Meet me there, 'v faith is lost in sight, Meet me there. >- Meet me there, Meet me world that ne’er shall end, Meet me there. J Meet me there, ■ JUr L M- J . f ** faith-ful part no more, Meet me there. 118 Meet Me There. Concluded. s • ® -N -K-, aa o. =t — ~ n (a$t± 0-0 *\j Vj --S :-l 2 : g-»- -g-f- ^ • s~ there, Where the tree of life is blooming, Meet me there. Meet me there, Meet me there. \y ■ v# m * * vJ • *§ p r f ' f f 0 • :» ? JLf j 1 — 5— sH — 1 :t= K— h H— b- L_ p ^ — S 5 — Mo. 117. I Long to Be. COPYRIGHT, 1899, 8Y £• O. ExCELL. Rev. Dr. BRISBANE. words and music. EDWIN MOORE. -tffcrr — Njv : _j 1 £v -P' i k k r , r - \ i^_ V 1 _J J ^ d J 1 s _ a* j 1 ^ r - p~ I s j- - * J « ^ 2 « J VMJ Hr w ^ * 3 1 1 • n " # W Wi { 1. 2 . 3. 4* 1 * -■ 'CT I long to be Where I can see The Sav-ior’s face; . I love to go Where voic-es flow In grateful lays; ' I want to fly Be-yondthe sky On wings of love; 1 I long to be O Lord with Thee, In pastures green; ! ~P' & -fgr _ a ~P~ " 9 9 72 [ love to kneel [ love to hear [ want to read [ long to rest * •- 0 -g- , S » <& F" r £ i 1 t w 0 m P fTT^F r r 1 1-1 /I p P 1 r . f - f - P j® (• . | 1- V V ■ ^ — Lj 1 u u- L mf Chorus. * — 9 — ^ ■i—Ut • "if Where I can feel His sweet embrace. The fervent pray’r And hymns of praise My ti - tie deed To realms a - bove Up - on Thy breast, With soul se-rene. ice. ise lo we. J Je-sns, come,0 come to me, t--f _ i ^ S=5=4-W- n [ l^-T JL2L L_ D_ 1 ■ < 1 , □ 3 an n i "I T £±V J a J _ 9 2 J ^3 ViJ 3 - *5 ® am ! a W I ^ W 0 1 > 9 ti’ 1 1 r And let me rest my soul with Thee, And let me rest my soul with Thee. gjf— pp r n &=3*tV~ f pt£ps^ |j=^ ?T1 t=5=F=«F : f— i 19 No. 1 18. Will There be Light for Me? E. S. ROBERTS. Moderate, mf Copyright, 1898, by H. P . Dan kb. Used by Per. H. P. DANKS. 1. Will there be light at e - ventide, When my bark un -moors for sea? 2. When I draw near the oth-er shore, Will there be a shining band 3. Up from the shore are pearly gates, Where the Cit-y Ce - les - tial stands, J 1 1 J -J- J J / / H 1 1 _N 1 /SV‘> ® ! A 2? 9 9 9 a #* n ! 9 T-J i- * : * ... — ai 0 . O' - -c> | — 'i 'f ^ £ rf 11 Will faith’s bright ray illume the way ,0 will there be light for me? Of those I knew and loved on earth, Awaiting me on the strand?. Where Je-sus, ransom for my soul, Is off ’ring His lov-ing hands; . Will there be light?. Will there be light?, There will be light, Will there be light? j*- H®- -j®- e l*_ O will there be light? O will there be light? O there will be light, Will there be light? p Will There be Light for Me? Concluded. Jr r tint - ings bright, When my bark un - moors for sea? fac - es bright, On the strand of crys - tal sea? glo-ry’s height; That shone on Cal- - va -ry^_ with of on No. 119. Step Out on the Promise. Arr= by E. F. M. COPRIGHT, 1884, By E. F. MILLER. Used by Per. E. F. MILLER. =Jr 4 - - 0 - « -fih _ _ _ 1. O mourner in Zi - on, howbless-ed art thou, For Je - sus is 2. O ye that are hun - gry and thirst-y, re-joice?For ye shall be 3. Who sighs for a heart from in - iq - ui - ty free? O, poor troub-led 4. Step out on this promise, and Christ thou shalt win, 4 ‘The blood of His 1 1 . > m -mm ± ± mt r wait - ing to com - fort thee now, Fear not to re - ly on the filled; do you hear that sweet voice In - vit - ing you now to the soul! there’s a prom - ise for thee. There’s rest, wea-ry one, in the Son cleans-eth us from all sin,” It cleans-eth me now, hal - le- I s ' — .. ii— k . i .. ii r\ pm ±± f. j word of thy God; Step out on the prom-ise, — get un-der the blood, ban-quet of God; Step out on the prom-ise, — get un-der the blood, bo - som of God; Step out on the prom-ise, — get un-der the blood, lu - jah to God; I rest on His prom-ise, — I’m un-der the blood. ■r II 121 No. 120. PALMER HARTSOUGH. Battle Song. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELU Words and Music. m3: J. H. ROSECRANS. 1 i r £ V J- 3 » - - * -r 1. We have buckled on the ar - mor, We have tak-en shield and sword, 2. ’Tis a time when truth is speed-ing To the darkest realms of night, 3. Kv - ’ry sol - dier then be in - stant At his header’s blest command; -4- -j |- - j -j 0 F — F F F— f-F f- N- i -rrp -» — r - . J - 3 ^ We are at the post of du - ty, In the ar - my of the Lord; ’Tis a time when kings are bend-ing To the sway of truth and right; Bv-’ry war - rior then be val - iant In the on - set fierce and grand; £ 1 £ H=t- m fij «!■■■ .. 1 « -HH 5 « » « I' |- j ' -F » . — * -y - ftj- j. And we see the na-tionsgath’ring, And we hear Je - ho-vah’scall, And the isles look up in won - der, While the thrones of despots fall, In the name of Christ go for - ward, Take for Him this earthly ball, i m -W- i u. N N I i-J — m — # 1 1 ( » ® 9 -j 1 1 0 We can see the cloud of bat - tie, But our God is guid-ing all. And a shout of vie - t’ry ris •• es, For our God is guid-ing all. And the power of sin will van - ish, For our God is guid-ing all. * -(*- j I I ^ m -• F — 1-F 33 ^ Chorus. si* . M On, this is God’s auspicious day, Be His banner wide unfurled; Onward then to bat-tie, this is God’s auspicious day, Battle Song. Concluded. No. 121. E. A. HOFFMAN. Vale of Beulah. COPYRIGHT, 1888, BY E. A. HOFFMAN. Henry Date Owner. J OSEPH GARRISON. r t » I ; 1 f ==5=± * l=i=S=hS tr ~ r u 0 " w* ~ &- ( I am pass - in g down the val - ley that they say is so lone, I# ( ’Tis to me the vale of Beu-lah, ’tis a beau - ti - ful way; ( Not a shad - ow, not a shad - ow ev - er dark-ens the way, 2 * ( And the mu - sic, sweet-ly chant - ed by the heav - en - ly throng, (So I jour - ney with re - joic-ing toward the Cit - y of Tight, 3* i And I near the o - pen por - tals of the king-dom a - bove, m Z — £ S £ -pi I ■ r - f r-i i- — i — t- PTTi-n it t=F=¥ ^ Fine. But I find that all the path-way is withflow’rso - ver- For the Sav - ior walks be - side me, my corn-pan - ion all For a ra - diance of rare glo - ry shines up - on it all Floats in ca - dence dowm the val - ley, and it cheers me a - While each day my joy is deep - er, and the path grows more For this high- way leads to Ca - naan, to the King-dom of ■grown; ) day. f £g. } bright; > love, f _L J»_ J*. D. S For the love - ly land of Ca - naan In the dis - tance I i Chorus. N ± see. D.S. i • s — #- f=t .Vale of Beu - lah! Vale of Beu - lah! Thou art pre-cious to JN « « 0 ? * -9- £ =f £=§ me; £ 123 ip No. 122. By Grace Alone. IDA SCOT T TAYLOR. copyright, 1898,^. Howard Entw.sle. ^ H0WA R D ENTWISLE. SOUO OR T>UHT. 2:0 ,1 1 1 -i 1 > 1 w N. w 1 t( 1 ? » * N J i N r pr-" 1 1 n * • S Z_J±__L J _J _1 1 1 J - * J J J J .. J J W.J 1 0 ~ -a- . e J — i : S - 5 - -S- • 1. A mes-sage sweet is borne to me On wings of joy di-vine; 2. I hear the mes -sage that I love When morning dawns a - new; 3. Oh, wondrous grace for all mankind, That spreads from sea to sea! r 1 j 1 n - n 11 H J 4 H 1 ill^ 1 ■ i w4i /j H ^ \ s 1 — f -jri 1 0 1/ — 1 j -i # — j 1 « . 5E • • ■»' * *' . A wondrous mes - sage glad and free, That thrills this heart of mine; I read it in the sun a - bove That shines a - cross the blue; It heals the sick and leads the blind, And sets the pris - ’ner free; m — S- ^ 1 ' J~ i .j r r „ t - i. J=m = i r ; : | r i I: , j-i M I’m sav’d by grace, by grace a-lone, Thro’ Christ, whose love I claim, I hear it in the twi-light still, And at the sun - set hour,— The soul that seeks_it can - not fail To see the Sav - ior’s face, i j - - re i. -f- JLJL JL grf=rr m • • • • ■ No oth-^r could for sin a - tone, Ho-san- na to His name! I’m sav’d by grace! what words can thrill With such a mag - ic pow’r? And Sa-tan’s pow’r can -not pre - vail If we are sav’d by grace. J . . f * ' =t± a Chorus. -N — fc 0 0 m F=? 0 0 I O glo-rious song, that all day long, With tuneful note is ring-ing, •glorious song-, all day long, f P f P f € * * r- . f- r f- By Grace Alone. Concluded. No. 123. o C. WORDSWORTH. Day of Rest and Gladness. MENDEBRAS. 7s, 6s. Arr by LOWELL MASON. i— nr, a * n — r — w * 3 : znzzrj — nznzirzr zzrzzzzD J j J i M -J 2 -2 J | j m — • J f'W^A ! - • • • 9 M J 0 1 m * 9 9 2 9% CS\ • 1 -I J 0 * ^ 9 H 9 •-! r *•{£ day of balm of thee, at thee, for _ (To - day on 3' '(To ho - ly r r # r - rest and glad-ness, O day of joy and light, ( care and sad - ness, Most beau - ti - ful, most bright; | the ere - a - tion The light first had its birth; , our sal - va - tion, Christ rose from depth of earth; 1 wea - ry na-tions, The heav’n-ly man-na falls; 1 con - vo - ca - tions The sil - ver trum-pet calls; j i> ^ n +- 1 h I | J | j 1 71 u J j J I U * i • 2 ”, q— - .« « H 4 9 j J j g* w i f V - ! £ a 4 1 i 1 & 2 n • 1 \ y # J j- \~T~W ti. « ^ « ~ 9 ~ A 77^1 On thee the high and low - 1) On thee, our L,ord vie - to - rio Where gos - pel light is glow - in 1 1 « # • m .4 4 a "u r, Thro* a - ges joined in t us, The Spir - it sent from h< g With pure and ra - diant b ? - Jt *1 * * ;une, sav’n; earns, L 1 A < f 1 KZv— _4 ___J M 9 _ J* s ✓ R 1 ( r V^k j m 1 U 0 9 * L_„ _ i 9 . p 9 9 9 1 1 ^ - L 9 r J L l r~ n- ^ ^ ^ i r r i -fk—1 tJ H \=t=A h rd q — ! — q 1 — 9 9 n i s*-t fly J _L J J | & J - -fi m 9 S 9 J I 9 . — e m 9. £ 1 es 9 9 9 • % & I Sing “ho - ly, ho - ly, ho-ly,” To the great God Tri - une. And thus on thee, most glo -rious, A trip - le light was giv’n. And liv - ing wa - ter flow - ing With soul re - fresh-ing streams. p- ft ? 5—\r . E mm m 125 No. 124. Lend a Hand. COPYRIGHT, 1889, BY E. O. EXCEU.. JULIA ANNA WOLCOTT. CAREY BOGGES. 1. Tend a hand! lend a hand! in the work for the world! Place these words 2. There are eyes that are weep-ing where none wipe the tear ;There are hearts 3. There are lips that are burn-ing where none hold the cup ; There are chil- 4. Tend a hand! lend a hand! there is com - ing a day When He !§S £ ... f- • f- . ,f- fjf- f J zi-r t: t~ - > f ! * h K • * in your banner, ne’er let it be furled While sin, pain and sadness holds that are breaking for tidings of cheer; There are sinners would turn from their dren who starve for a bite and a sup ; There are forms that are sinking, your who shall weigh us, to each one will say, 4 ‘Didst thou help ev’ry brother thou m. I M j.aj j.* tm 1 sway in the world, Tend a hand! lend a hand! in the work for the world! sins were you near, Tend a hand! lend a hand! in the work for the world! hand might hold up, Tend a hand! lend a hand! in the work for the world! couldstontheway?”Tend a hand! lend a hand! in the work for the world! A 126 Lend a Hand. Concluded. f=s Land a 1 land ! Lend a hand ! Lend a hand in the work f Lend a hand! Lend a hand! b“ JfrV** -g- * m - m • ’f' m ' * 4 ^ or the :sCJJ i world! !p*" ^-U=2+ * / pi 1 T—y- F~b~ b 1 1 — ^ r | 1/ 1/ > ^ r L ; 5 1 No. 125. Jesus Bids Us Shine. Copyright, 1884 , by E. O. Excell. E. 0. EXCELL. r y $A. n V \ ■ 1 * ■>r 4- , p k ■ 1 J J V K • w eTTV /L k V 1 m m □ J 4 i r - 1 s P VT7 ” 1 n “ 1 1 £✓ j r . 1 ^ -5- s l i 1. Je-sus bids us 2. Je-sus bids us 3. Je-sus bids us 4. Je-sus bids us LU J - 4 shii shii shii shii > J - -J- -P- -tf- ^ ie, With a clear, pure ligl le, First of all for Hi: ie,Then for all a - roun le In our work for Hit 1 ILL _ - ' T T T tit, Like a lit - tie m; Well He sees and d, Ma-ny kinds of n, Bringing lit - tie /*v+t/i * . « ___ .« ... _ « # r . i _ 1 .. . j -1 | 1 • L <7 1 5 /( ■ -1 * P : f r P f =3 * Hi « 9 ~ m e night, In thiswoi dim ; He looks do^ - bound, Sin and wa F sin; He will e^ 4_J LI -J- * dd of dar vn from I nt and so] 7 - er hel h J , f- -S* k - ness, Lea-ven, r - row; p us, J . A a 1 e « * 8 p p 3 2 I 1 l | .. 1 . 1 1 1 1 p - I __ | F — 0 1 J 0 1 4 <5 4 J J 1 4 4 4 J N _ 1 yff ■ ■ 3 ' - 1 J n ! 7T 1 1 w 4 , f J 4 ! 1 * 1 1 1 irN L -1 V . N .J m .3 h J 1 fl! J 2 4 * J 1 3 Zi □« f J -H- 8 S ^ -S- w • -5- -g- J- -J- ^ We must shine, You in you: Sees us shine, You in you: We must shine, You in you: If we shine, You in you l K - -P r sm: r sm; r sm; r sm s - « 1 allcor-ner, And allcor-ner, And allcor-ner, And allcor-ner, And LL ^ TSI" I in mine. I in mine. I in mine. I in mine. L_ # i 9 , p m 4 9 9 4 ■ m & M f „ I , - 1 "J 1 1 f r !i f » h 5> . . ! ' 1 1 - - 1 L 1 9 9 r n l . - -. [ 4 j c L_ ^ : II 1 1 U 127 No. 126. ADA BLENKHORN. In His Steps. Copyrigh t, 1899, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. i J. H. ROSECRANS. j J m tf w ~ ~7S r * 1. Walking in the steps of Je - sus, As He walked from day to day, 2. Walking in the steps of Je - sus, We shall meet with many a foe, 3. Walking in the steps of Je - sus, Can there be a bet - ter way ■ ' — j 1 . 1 £ 'if* 1 P p P y 5 S-42. f- N t-. ■ E . J.. Keepdng close be-side the Mas - ter, All a - long the pil-grim way. Who will seek to o - ver-come us In each con-flict here be - low. To up - lift our fall - en broth - er Whom we meet from day to day? ft. f: 4 2 $ =r= ^ J • 1 .3 u a-s si Tho’ the path be rough and thorn-y, Bravely bear-ing up the cross, If we buck-le on the ar - mor Which our Captain doth pro-vide, We may be a con-stant bless-ing To a world in deep-est need, I IN IN - - . A J. « ■ • . f- • f- ,- fg-- T We shall find as on we journey, All is gain and noth-ing loss. We shall win the fierc-est bat - tie, We shall conquer at His side. Souls that wan-der in the darkness, To the light we thus may lead. d d MB =P= rrrrTF Chorus. Walk - ing in the steps of J esus, Bravely bearing up the cross ; Walking-, walking 1 in the stepsof Je-sus, Brave - - ly bearing up the cross; jjjjj j 128 In HiS Steps. Concluded. He shall find . , as on we journey, All is gain and nothing loss. He shall find, he shall find as on we journey, All is gain and noth-ing loss. /-rr."u"! * r f — pv PS PS ** *» _£? 1 p? ! * 1 1 - & rtz# — - ii IC7S u rr T~n • # U IV (J IV C 1 j « . f f s r • » f v, * V v V y. - _ W to & r " 1 1 M- — 1 — 1 /-J V-- "-F— 1 — 1 — 1 IJ No. 127. Lost, but Jesus Saved Me. Mrs. EMMA PITT. N s Copyright, 1884, by E. O. Excell. Words and Music. I PS tea E. O. EXCELL J r^ TF i TM - 4 - 3— 1. host, but Je-sus saved me, Saved me by His love; host, but now He 2. host up -on the mountains Of life’s woe and sin; host, but His free 3. host far o’er the des - ert , Know not where to flee ; host, but Je - sus !S =P=£= keeps me For my rest a - bove; host, but Je- sus found me, In the par-don Safe-ly took me in ; host, but J esus bought me, Bought me loved me, Kindly pit - ied me; host, but Je-sus brought me Out in- r r T.fYr • * ‘ : fr4=Fll I =t rt -tK des-ertwild; host, but He redeemed me, Owns me for His child, with His blood ; host, but Je - sus keeps me In the nar - row road, to the light; host, but still He saves me, Guards me with His might. m rmttr fidE I No. 128. The Past, The Present. S. E. L. COPYRIGHT 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. rr 1. Once it was the blessing, now it is the Lord; Once it was the 2. Once ’twas painful try - ing, now ’tis per-fect trust; Once a half sal- 3. Once it was my work-ing,His it hence shall be; Once I tried to 4. Once I hoped in Je -sus, now I know He’s mine ;Once my lamps were P CL itejgil :£=£ I 1 t-c-ffi-t-t-r -4- / I j J — J | i * — * . m j — feel-ing, now it is His word; Once His gift I want - ed, now Him- va - tion,now the ut - ter-most; Once ’twas ceaseless holding, now He use Him, now He us - es me; Once the pow’r I want -ed, now the dy - ing, now they brightly shine ;Once for death I wait - ed, now His * £ j: -p- , f: :g : g. J' J' 5^ £ £ Fink. u*- self a - lone; Once I sought for heal-ing, now the Heal - er own. holds me fast; Once ’twasconstant drifting, now my an-chor’scast. Might-y One; Once I worked for glo -ry, now His will a -lone, com - ing hail; And my -hopes are anchored safe with - in the vale. r t d. s. — Work-ing while I wait His sum-mons from a - hove . Chorus. Give to Him the glory, unto Him the praise, Once ’twas what I wanted, GivetoHim theglo-ry, un - to Him the praise, Once’twas what I wanted. £ The Past, The Present. Concluded. -N — \ _l — LJi D.S. i now what Jesus says; I am resting in the shelter of His love, now what Jesus says ;I am resting* in the shel - ter of His love. n n 5 f T mm eg r— No. 129. 4S4) More About Jesus. E. E. HEWITT. COPYRIGHT, 1887, BY JNO. R. 8WENEY. Used by Per. JNO. R, SWENEY. Ifi m m ' 1 hj f_-T a- : S- ^ 3- 1 1 . More about Je - sus I would know, More of His grace to others show ; 2. More about Je-sus let me learn, More of His ho - ly will dis-cern; 3 . More about Je - sus ; in His word , Holding communion with my kor d ; 4. More about Je-sus; on His throne, Riches in glo - ry all His own; ' h ‘ u p n \r -m — #■ j - r r r . 3? More of Hissav - ing full-ness see, More of His love who died for me. Spir - it of God, my teach-er be, Showing the things of Christ to me. Hear-ing His voice in ev - ’ry line, Making each faithful say - ing mine. More of His kingdom’s sure increase ;More of His coming, Prince of Peace. d. s . — More of His sav - ing full-ness see , More of His love who died for me. Refrain. D. S. More, more a -bout Je - sus, More, more a -bout Je - sus; t . -= t r-rc 131 m No. 130. Peaceful Be. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. ANON J. E. HALL. Duet. Chorus. -flrfr-tr,. -k . ' ~ r p w _pv -i ' 1 . L p _ T ^ 1 frys V « a .. , . . J J . p _| I J J X T vt\ -m • 9 m ; * €t J 2^ _ v ? • r r 1. Since thy Father’s arm sus- tains thee 2. Fear - est some-time that thy Fa - ther 3. To His own thy Fa z ther giv - eth, j . ; f a 1 j_ , Peace - ful be, Hath for - got? Dai - ly strength, Peace-ful be, | * ^ r r r r 1/ h ^ 0 - I \» v» L L 4 r t L ^ — f- 1 >^bLh±±J L p L_ L ^ T 7 - 0— U. K 1 Duet. ^ 9 r y i_P -U _J . _ r=«» _ K 1 *r_ _p v -JSr -A -P - 1 1 fr\V 1/ h J 4 2 & ^ I V 1 J l 1 1 m 9 4 - 1 peace-ful be; hath for - got? dai - ly strength; peaceful b« „ f-f-f r • ' f f r ' When a chastening hand re-stiains thee, When the clouds a - round thee gath - er, To each troub - led soul that liv - eth, J. A At. (> A J . /aV U | * 7 i 1* l#> . . A v* 8 C . gL j V^U j-K ^ ^ r r p ^ S u - r 1 v 17 k , h r 1 __ # 1 Chorus. p p r r _h ^ ^ _] r _A_ [) |_I 7 p fk v , _N. - - « * ■ ’ _Jj 4 _J_ J fr y Pk j J 1 ?! m 4 v. J v m m J 9 • m fj 9 9 _s. ^ It is He, Doubt Him not, Peace at length! It is I ' : rc It is He, doubt Him not; peace at length! Ie, 11 t i u J ■ p r i/ 1 Know His love in A 1 - ways hath He ! Weak - est lambs have t is He, . / 7 s p J_U l A • A Z Sm ZSV h 1 [ l u« w - T r PcJ»l T h s* v* W Nr* c c 1 t 1 r 1 ^ t Ij u L v b V O U | m j ! L r / v N 1 l .J N "j d < 1 1 _ . . ! ■* • 4 * ^1 ft py 17 h & • L ■j J j J Z 5 # • • ^ • 1 ^ - full com-plete-ness, 1 day-light brok - en; larg - est shar - ing, -£- : ! -f 2 - -f 2 - Fills the measures of thy w< A 1 - ways hath He comfort sp Of this ten-der Shepherd's* t * t- t- i sak-ness »ok - en ; :ar - ing, -f2- If He Bet - ter Ask Him u ... r 1 r r r r r r exalts rr y ^ ^ n n n n r irrt ✓ t/ P' ^ ^ - T w — 22$ —ip =F= t -M— 1 1 132 Peaceful Be. Concluded. ^#1 wound thy spir - it sore, Trust Him more, hath He been for years Than thy fears, not then, when or how, On - ly bow, _(SL. trust Him more, than thy fears. on - ly bow. trust Him more, Jit g &t-EiczE W-0-W- ±=C t-r No. 131. Jesus, Savior, Pilot Me. EDWARD HOPPER. fN JS PILOT. 7s, 61. w 4 ..yj_dzn J. E. GOULD. -3 — 0 — 1. Je - sus, Sav-ior, pi - lot me, O - ver life’s tem-pestuous sea; 2. As a moth -er stills her child, Thou canst hush the o-ceanwild; 3. When at last I near the shore, And the fear - ful break-ers roar ggfPPI £ H 3- FIB r=f-~ Unknown waves be-f ore me roll, Hid -ing rocks and treacherous shoal ; Boisterous waves o -bey Thy will When Thou say’st to them, * ‘Be still! ’ * ’Twixtmeand the peaceful rest,Then,while lean -ing on Thy breast, 8 Et V 9 # 9 ^ ~ ^ w Chart and com - pass came from Thee, Je - sus, Sav - ior, pi - lot me. Won-drous Sov - ’ reign of the sea, Je- sus, Sav - ior, pi - lot me. May I hear Thee say to me, “Fear not, I will pi - lot thee.” w i 1 *— Vr ± il 133 No. 132. Make Me White as Snow. F. A. S. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell. Words and music. FRANK A. SIMPKINS. 1 -J j h IS k Nr — 1 T-i 4 , i H* 1 ■ ^ 7 'rl-'J.. J J =t-*t tr — r 1. head me, O my Sav-ior, 1 2. Guide me, O my Sav-ior, \ 3. Teach me, O my Sav-ior, 1 4. Keep me, O my Sav-ior, ' a a m m ^ *-iy » * * y J lead me, To the fountain’s crystal flow; ^uideme, For I know not where to go; :each me, More Thy love to oth-ers show; keep me, From temp-ta-tion here be-low; M * a srn fit _ m . F s m — F — E-s.- -S — u— -F — F — i — F- -S-: ^ i S^2t==£==£=t== — i— ^ nmrr £ T b C ■j J Wash me, O my Sav-ior, wash me, Make(0 make, )me white as snow. Guide me to the crys-tal fountain, Make(0 make, )me white as snow. Teach me how to better serve Thee, Make(o make, )me white as snow. Keep me, O my Sav-ior, keep me, Keep(0 keep,)me white as snow. & f-Trrt-c Refrain. I £ e 2 ± i g c t i g c r Whit er than the snow, Whit - er than the snow, yes, whit-er than the snow, 134 Make Me White as Snow. Concluded. r r t Wash me, O my Sav-ior, wash me,Make(0 make,) me white as snow. Guide me to the crys-tal fountain, Make (o make,) me white as snow. Teach me how to better serve Thee, Make (o make,) me white as snow. Keep me, O my Sav-ior, keep me, Keep (o keep,) me white as snow. -f— i — i — t &- 3= r r c c - r f No. 133. JOHN KEPLER. Sun of My Soul. HURSLEY. Iv. M. HENRY MONK. ; . .I; - ; Jill - 1. Sun of my soul, Thou Sav - ior dear, It is not night if 2. When the soft dews of kind - ly sleep My wea-ried eye - lids 3. A - bide with me from morn till eve, For with-out Thee I I _ -hj- ± £ ■5; 3 g I Thou be near; O may no earth-born cloud a - rise To hide Thee gent - ly steep, Be my last thought, how sweet to rest For - ev - er can - not live; A - bide with me when night is nigh, For with-out -J- -(£>-• -J- £ t^F IN from Thy on my Thee I m I I serv-ant’s eyes. Sav-ior’ s breast, dare not die. - i - y - / •i L- ^MVls .. . _ v _ . ____ ( 7T\/b TJj r 1 ^ ^ . nvT > \ ■ S "1 ft \ r ft N w fr Yn/ii a* V w 72 -fr— N- 9 — n p rw V J N» W ^ _ 9 J ! « c ~ 2 b~ wide door, door. . .lonj A nd o-pen v - m -P~-\ ' ■ ~ 'm; cr . . to me the door, I will come in and sup with . . O child of sin? I’ve waited long and pa-tient- % clos’d with sin, I bring you joy from heav’n a- ride to me the door, I will come in !*- •• JVf s /m\* t r i# m m r i rf r 9 m r « « S » wh uK 1 f ~~b b b ~ H- V 1/ b*V — i — ^ H f r P r ^ H-V- ^ * L p— U— v— U J -0— h-t — l N ■■ v. -h -h, l r--H — ^ . N ^ r4-= A. & *1 # r r b h \* M f r ; 0 f ^ 1/ T rt * c D k ^ 1 ^ C ^ ! ^ 1 1/ him, iy,... Un-do the door. . . . bove . . . . would enter in and sup withhim, And he with me for-ev-er-more. C 2 h H rp*^= 4-t- ^r=^\ rffm p — ? f * ! ? l W 99 — J 136 Behold, I Stand at the Door. Concluded. i=\ ^ ~=q , — — n P = -V— J P —1 =r f L-J o-JJ tt l Zr And he with me for - ev - er - more, (for-ev - er-more,) Un - do the door and let me m, (and let me in,) And glad -ly I 1 would en - ter in, (would en - ter in,) / . J J 1 J P- J -4 — in E 1 I s 'T — d d m 0 d— ti h“ — y - — - 1 =t= - 4 =q - * •* h ^-fcfe==±_ . r - 11 No. 135, All Hail the Power. CORONATION C. M. PERRONET. OLIVER HOLDEN. 1 j I \ r ; ; , ; i j j-j=j=N-p 1. All hail the pow’r of Je -sus’ name, Let an - gels prostrate fall; 2. Let ev-’ry kin-dred, ev-’ry tribe, On this ter - res - trial ball, 3. Oh, that with yon-der sacred throng We at His feet may fall; jfL # p # * r * * E=fr— r- p fer—F— ' : t=f£=t i:- r rr^q i -K- = fc- F=t Bring forth the roy To Him all maj We’ll join the ev $ al di - a - dem, And crown Him Lord, ■es - ty ascribe, And crown Him Lord ■ er - lasting song, And crown Him Lord =e= of of of J- all. all. all. ^5 9- r r r " ’ 7 al di - a - dem, And crown Him Lord jes - ty • ascribe, And crown Him Lord er - lasting song, And crown Him Lord J 3 ja Bring forth the roy To Him all ma We’ll join the ev • m j ]E- % E * 4 -P- I® '?~\ F r~ 137 No. 136. Sunshine by the Way. ADA BLENKHORN. A Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell, words and music. N f, I . S E. 0. EXCELL. i=fs= m 1. When the sky is o - ver - cast, When you feel the chill-ing blast, 2 . Tho’ the joys of life have fled, Tho’ the dear - est hopes aredead, 3. Then be faith - ful and be true, God in mer - cy cares for you, £ EE g E E £^ E FgzE U-" U W 1— — la-: — la 0 0 0 I El He rrrTTTrTi ii=£ * -tr And your soul is filled with sor - row and dis - may; Thro* the And the heart no more has faith to trust and pray; Tho’ the Though the boon you crave He oft - en may de - lay; He will §5=g \ • [\ [ I I l rrrm r=f 0 mm I mm u y tempest’s roaring wave, If your heart is on - ly brave, You will days are dark and long, Tho’ the birds may cease their song, There is hear your just ap - peal, He will soon Him -self re - veal, And give * . ^ IN |S ^ m mmm £ 4fc Chorus. i *-1*. J t >3- » m -0 #- see a gleam of still a gleam of you His bless-ed t ; r. £ * sun -shine by the way. \ Sun sun-shine by the way. v sun-shine by the way. ' Sunshine by the way, P P r? shine, beautiful I £ i 3= sun sun-shine by the shine, You will find it if you on - ly watch and way, p Sunshine by the Way. Concluded. -75 4 £ £ 3 3= rrrr pray; Sun shine, beau-ti - ful sun shine, Watch and pray ; Sun-shine by the way, tfr. Sunshine by the way, S' -h — bf — h- EE v— 1 ^ V BE £ -A- b 1^ / You will find God’s bless - ed sun -shine by L I- ' -o-. the way. i r- r No. 137. Deeper Yet. COPYRIGHT, 1896, BY WM. J. KIRKPATRICK. Rev. JOHNSON OATMAN, Jr. used by per. I WM. J. KIRKPATRICK. _j pv T=fv=F w- i _5_ _3_. - ~ - . - - - - - s i- i-: 1. In the blood from the cross I have been wash’d from sin; But to be 2. Day by day, hour by hour Blessings are sent to me; But for more 3. Near to Christ I would live, Fol-low-ing Him each day; What I ask 4. Now I have peace, sweet peace, While in this world of sin; But to pray 0 -0 & . 1 U I Bgggj * 1 * 1 1 1-^ nr ME I *#- Chorus. s free from dross, Still I would en - ter in. of His pow’r Kv - er my pray’r shall be. He will give, So then with faith I pray. \ Deep-eryet,deep-eryet, I’ll not cease Till I’m am pure with -in. *£=£-= i §£z I w l I 1 m O -N-A-A- *r " — 0 J~r 1 1 h-j — 0 - In-to the crimson flood ; Deeper yet, deeper yet, Under theprecious blood. -fv -I .. - - ~ - N_ 139 No. 138. G. M. BILLS. Hallelujah, I am Free Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excelu Words and Music. M. L. McPHAIL. FFf "#• ~li- V \ At the mer-cy -seat I lin-ger, Where I see the crim-son seal, 2. Here the ho - 1 y bread is bro-ken, To sus - tain my fainting heart, 3. Here I drink the cup of heal-ing That will soothe my troubled breast, . . t- £ -& SB t — 1- f F=f v— I u V m BTfUZZ* I V * / « I 5 v y # * — * Of the kove that bow’d and suf-fered, Death and darkness to re - peal; Here the gracious word is spok-en! That will make my grief de - part; Filled with faith and hope ce - les-tial, Now I en-ter in - to rest; £ :f §§f t— t ±=t m *=t £F .s.-tind sinners plunged be-neath that flood [ Omit.] [ Dose Lose m - 0 - tf= ^ '/ ■ ■ 'f- all their guilty stains, Dose all their guilty stains, Dose all their guilty stains, all their guilty stains. It N I 42- £f= 2 The dying thief rejoiced to see That fountain in his day; And there have I, as vile as he, Washed all my sins away. 3 Dear dying Damb,Thy precious blood Shall never lose its power, Till all the ransomed Church of God Be saved to sin no more. 4 K’er since by faith I saw the stream Thy flowing wounds supply, Redeeming love has been my theme, And shall be till I die. 5 Then in nobler, sweeter song, I’ll sing Thy power to save, [tongue When this poor lisping stammering Dies silent in the grave. 141 No. 140. Tell Out the Story. J, E, H, Copyright, 1899 ,byE.O. Excell. Words and music. J. E. HALL. m i=v J • d ' 4 S~ 1. Let my song tell out the sto - ry, Of a Sav-ior’s dy - ing love, 2. Let my song tell out the sto - ry, ’Tis a joy to tell it o’er, 3. Let my song tell out the sto - ry, O - ver land and far a - way, 4. Let my song tell out the sto - ry, I would tell it more and more, l £=£ £ W5 I 1 r -V 4 , 1/ P * Y ' ^ He who once in glo - ry dwell-ing, In the land of light a-bove; What with tell-ing grows the dear - er, And each time we val - ue more; To the earth’s most distant re-gion, Where may shine the lus-trous day; As I jour-ney toward the Cit - y, Soon to look its beau -ties o’er; fs j\ JN is S . ------ ^ fj m R R - — J* d * * - i -0 -< f W m • J 1 1 • V t n — H ^ 2 9 9 > • J J i • d_ j e * * tv Let my song. . . . tell out the sto-ry Of the 1< Let my song - j Dveof Him, who died; , 1 1 i # » # ^ • S Z 5 2 * K ^ ! 1 L ‘ 0. g.- J g 1/ N* v* | p | | j p i 1 & .J 1 ; | / 1; j j ! j \ j A LO * A 1 1 _L J i p y y y y y v r r s J / ^ L. V \ - — - h J" S n 1 1 UP ^ Slowly and softly . ^ T\ V ( ZT - 'J * m i J J PSl (Sl | J J- -J J k J • » i 1 n J #•2 r ps • 1 (M i ® . _s ft J E. 9 0 3 * • _j V ) J . J _ ™ X x# _ ~ 9 0 ® - J j i ej r # • • To re ' | ^ ^ ^ w • - deem us all for glo - ry, On the cross was cru - ci-fied. To re-deem # * 9 # # J® ® ^ 0 •& £ "£ * ..«i /aV l. j ( j _ j j j i - 1 VL I 1-1 ! 1 m j® K » • <9 r r i r r si r\ dp a a 'la r r- k U . V ^ — w w w w \ t j .7 f7 !7~ 4- - V i l i ✓ r J1 No. 141. Just as I Am. CHARLOTTE ELLIOT. WOODWORTH, h. M. WM . BRADBURY> -Sr-b- » . i - ■ i Ah -i h rfri — 1 — H A j — — | 7ni L ■ 4— j _J 9 /g — , d ^ J I |V \lS {/ A P • ^9 J W' 9 g S 1 \S 7 I 4 1 _v® * S ® • s ® ^ ® Z f g j tT f 1. Just 2. JUSt 3- J^st as I a as I a as I a L* , . ^ - 9^ | ^ ,m! with - out one plea, But that Thy blood was shed for me, m! and wait-ingnot To rid my soul of one dark blot, m! tho’ toss’d about, With many acon-flict, many a doubt, 5? * & » rj J J r? r- p | nS/LI? n * ^ H * ® 1 K? 10 ^ 1 j j l — l 1 r*- n- 1 gztQElr: = f t= J_j 1 ==t= y — [= t — j K N -P-f 2 - n3r: I And that Thou bid’st me come to Thee, O Lamb of God! I come! I come!. To Thee, whose blood can cleanse each spot,0 Lamb of God! I come! I come! Fight-ing and fears with-in, without, O Lamb of God! I come! I come! 30 I iH — p- J. ■| 2 -- i 4 Just as I am! poor, wretched, blind, Sight, riches, healing of the mind, Yea, all I need in Thee to find, O Lamb of God! I come! I come! 5 Just as I am! Thou wilt receive, Wilt welcome, pardon, cleanse, relieve; Because Thy promise I believe; O Lamb of God, I come! I come! 143 No. 142. G. M. BILLS. Follow Me. Copyright, 1899, by e. O. Excell. Words and Music. M. L. McPHAIL. fcE 5 -i— I " jr~i .3~'-T^ 1. Like a chime of sil - ver bells In the darkness ring - ing, 2. Lost one, will you close your ears To the mag-ic sto - ry, 3. Lo! the tempt - er doth de - ceive, Lur-ing you to sad - ness, It It cere V— V- f-f I BE Comes a voice that ev - er tells Of the Shepherd’s care; To the That can charm a- way your fears When earth’s joys depart? Shall the Then he mocks you while you grieve, Pointing to de-spair; From his r rrrrrr i ^TFrmi wan-d’rer from the fold, Love is ev - er bring-ing, Tid-ings from the spell of e - vil hide From your eyes the glo - ry , That for - ev - er fet - ters break a - way, Seek the path of glad-ness, Spurn the pleasures £=t * £3 t ^ = f r t i -f MJ- Chorus. gates will that of gold, Of a welcome there. S t f ? 1 1 1 a - bide, With the pure in heart, j. F°1 ' l° w me > ’ O de-cay, Of their sting be - ware, j “Follow, foiiow.foilow me,” t c .c c F-rmr 1 = 5 = 3 =^ m hear . rrnrjrrj the Shep - herd say - ing, Seek the door to Seek the dooi to past-ures fair, to i g y r > r e i c-ft t r Follow Me. Concluded No. 143. Blest be the Tie that Binds. JOHN FAWCETT. DENNIS. S. M. GEO. NAEGELI. 0*5 If j f I* j *' L 1. Blest be the tie that binds Our hearts in Chris-tian love; The 2. Be - fore our Fa-ther’s throne, We pour our ar - dent pray ’rs;Our 3. We share our mu - tual woes; Our mu - tual bur - dens bear; And 4. When me a - sun - der part, It gives us in - ward pain ; But j m f=F= -J=v 75b- ^ r r t fel - low - ship of kin-dred minds Is like to that a-bove. fears, our hopes, our aims are one, Our com-forts and our cares, oft - en for each oth - er flows, The sym - pa - thiz - ing tear, we shall still be joined in heart, And hope to meet a -gain. * rJ- -iN T No. 144. ALMEDA E. WRIGHT. It Must be Told. COPYRIGHT, 1893, BY ROBT. C. MARQUIS. USED BY PER. ROBT. C. MARQUIS. fN I N 1. ’Tis a sweet and ten-der sto - ry, How the Fa-therfrom a - bove 2. ’Tisthever-y same old story, That has warm’d the cold world’s heart, 3. Say you not that un - a - vail -ing Seem the words you try to speak, _h - — m. w —ft- TtTt j - efR Booked down on His err - ing chil-dren With the pitying eyes of love. Thro’ the centuries that have vanished, But its charm can ne’er de-part; Trust the Ho - ly Spir-it’s unc-tion; It shall strengthen what is weak. N N ~ KP 3 IT d d rc=rt m- r How He sent His well-be - lov- ed For - giv - ness to un - fold; There are souls that have not heard it, Some hearts so strange-ly cold, Go forth to do His bid-ding, The truth shall make you bold; i r : v. i * [•* : m • * 1 ? • i i! 3=k 3^ ± m ^= 3 • . That sweet and ten - der sto - ry, O Christian, must To these, O falt-’ring Chris-tian, The sto - ry must Tho’ few shall heed your sto - ry That sto - ry must PH *=g £ be told, be told, be told. Z&2 ± 2 E r-f-r-f Chorus. N i ± s C £ £ p £ £ £ * C C C £ CCP. \> It must be told, It must be told, The It must be told, It must be told, It must be told, It must be told, The i «=£= t= -t- — h- - h -f — 1 I r - ■ >- # r -f- 146 It Must be Told. Concluded. I e^±=£ s Efi sto-ry must be told; That sweet and ten-der sto-ry must be sweetly told, be oft -en sweetly told ; c c c c : * 1; • 1 m cr sto - ry, O Christian, must be told. sto - ry, won - drous sto - ry, O Chris-tian, must be oft - en sweetly told. £ - ^ N N N |N -r ~ r — £ _U» la ia_ e£ s±* ■> - a • *z <» J J~~#~ No. 145. FREDERICK W. FABER. God’s Mercy. WELLESLEY. 8s, 7s. LIZZIE S. TOURJEE. #4 --| — j pj — ^ = «{ — j-| - I- j -| | K — [ 1. There’s a wideness in God’s mer-cy, Tike the wide-ness of the sea, 2. There is wel-come for the sin-ner, And more grac-es for the good. 3. For the love of God is broad-er Than the mea-sure of man’s mind; 4. If our love were but more simple, We should take Him at His word; 1 .1 m t W4- -4 — P t t j hi 3^ AfF=4 S -s . 1. . . .-*l« . I -&C ®Z & I I I I I There’s a kind - ness in His jus- tice, Which is more than lib - er - ty. There is mer - cy with the Sav-ior, There is heal-ing in His blood. And the heart of the E - ter - nal, Is most won-der - ful - ly kind. And our lives would be all sun-shine In the sweet-ness of our Lord. @eSe *=£ is 147 r No. 146. Follow All the Way. W. A. O. COPYRIGHT, 1889, BY E. O. EXCELU WORDS AND MUSIC. W. A. OGDEN. I EE fj - 0 - -0 0 - . - 0 - 0 1. Oh, I love to think of Je-sus, As He journeyed to and fro, 2. Oh, I love to think of Je-sus, And His prais-es I would tell, 3. Oh, I love to think of Je-sus, As He walked up-on the wave, SUP -A- ^hfcrrrr m i d re re w 4 O’er the bar - ren hills of Ju - dah, In the a - ges long a - go, How He gave the liv -ing wa - ter To the wo - man at the well, How the el - e-ments obeyed Him, When the mighty word He gave; * • ? ? I mighty a £X m p Sc I m a m £ 4=3= 4P5 fj p ^ J • * ■*- • * How He healed the way-side beg-gar, How He made the lep-er whole, How He filled the emp-ty ves - sels, At the marriage feast that day, Speak the word now to my spir - it, Tord, Thy blessed peace be still, - N_ KK - - -- -- - - J ^r= - k — j j !- ■ [-■ f~ - i f I ' | . p 7 : ft tYi T= HI N , 1 - J" ... JH . El — J--I EE 4: at How in love He lit the al - tar, On the sin po - lu - ted soul. How He spake the word of com-fort To the poor who throng’d this way, I would follow where Thou leadest, I would mag - ni - fy Thy will. h _h _ . A P= Chorus. 7^?=^ r-U— ^ Ji — 1 — <5d — 1 J J* 1 tJ • .f =*! — -tir-,7 3- -J I will fol I will follow where He leadeth, -t — E- 1 • - p ■ 1 1 ^ b " xj0ir& 0 0 ? 0 l eth, I will follow where He leadeth, 0 - 0 - 0 — 0 - mm 148 b Fbb Follow All the Way. Concluded. 1 ^ N -1 P — K -4- ; JS . k |1 / h . m • 9 . ^ . c . ^ ^ * j * 45 p _ J_| f\\ J 17 9 \ , * JJ "Z5* • 0" • *s a 1 • Ti 1 JJ tJ v - • - • - - - w * * * ^ follow all the way, I willfol - - lowje-sus ev - ’ry da fol-low, fol-low, J\ K . . . -P- N N y* Am y u | 0 # • r r ^ r r r r r \ • 0 0 1 n 11 (*J*i 17 L 5 5 • 1 • La • & & • m m • p m 0 • 9 - i i "id*, 1—1 4 4 0 — & <$ 0 # * 9 9 ^ I shall know Him, As redeem’d by His side I shall stand, I shall x ± ±. fz -i t — F — F — tfr — V— ± l/^ • >*# i V b* Lp m. J -i — v v — \r~ ^ — 1 N . zfc_zt i S ij 31 y w h. m » P ^_J J « # b p _Z Z_ JJ ir\V v " j J n J. 4 J g.-J J • JJ \v 7 a « .a W J ^r- rn « 0 Z2 □ A » 5 ZD JJ in i/ • " * * * r * -«*-• know. . . . Him, I shall know Him By the print of the nails in His hand. I shall know s -e- s S S J s ^ . - - . * - # tt ^ . u ■ r r r r jet r. r ~ r r a i |^«i 1/ k* n* : i j , j , | , j i j / Lg| u. ar ^ i i io w I V V V \s * r' r r r ! I I 1 r ! " ^ -1 1 — — v-1 u — V 1 V U-- 2 .* j J N lo. ( 49 . Rock of Ages. TOPI^ADY. 7S. A. M. TOPLADY. THOS _| . HASTINGS. Fink. / , l/Q , IS \ 1 J _ __J ^ 1 L J 7 f> 1 gv j } ■ *■ 4 • 4 ..... 0 — 1 -i y J A 1 • m J d $ L ^ 1 V .. . 2 > 4 9 • ^ • a 1 1 J r ^ • # i. Rock of & ga "22 A -ge s cleft for r # me, Ret me l __22 • « dde my -self in 1 ["hee; "i (yy*l 17 e> | ! r f 1 — h * j l» f * o 1 u*-l un • M p r ^7 _I V Z f f ^ C-X | j 1 III ^ 1 r \r^ 1 1 r d. c. — Be of sin the dou-ble cur e, Save from wrath and make me pure . -Q-b—i fv-i — 1 i - P I j — , , u. u. -h— 2> • d 1 | J H 1” - . ii |r » i & 4 » P | i m I 7 i & i Let the wa - ter and the blood, From thy wounded side which flow’d, 1 * ^ ^ ~Pr ~ ^ . - zf" ^ u. V • la i b % (£>i 17 r i r \ \ \ _ 0 # ^ F 9 m 0 — 11 L L J L__ L_ ^ f 1 h* 1 ^ i 1 i i 1 y- _) 1 i & jj 2 Could my tears forever flow, Could my zeal no languor know, These for sin could not atone, Thou must save, and Thou alone: In my hand no price I bring, Simply to Thy cross I cling. 3 While I draw this fleeting breath, When my eyes shall close in death, When I rise to worlds unknown, And behold Thee on Thy throne, Rock of Ages cleft for me, Ret me hide myself in Thee. 151 No. 150. Cast Your Burdens on Jesus. G. M. BILLS. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. WORDS AND MUSIC. M. L. McPHAIL. -tp- 1. Cast your burdens all on Je - sus, Mer-cy pleads in sweetest tone; 2. Cast your sad re-gretson Je-sus, het Him hide them all a - way; 3. Bring your clouded life to Je-sus, Sun of suns for - ev - er bright; J- J- > pgEjil n - 0 - n t=t rt -• — I* — u fefei 1 J * 3 3 IE 7g^g- 5F Je-vSus has a store of com -fort For the soul He calls His own. He will bring you hope and healing, He will bless you while you pray. He can ban-ish ev-’ry shad -ow, He can fill you with de - light. £ =f=£= J- m rrc-f r -g b " ' P ~ 3^ — r?r Cast your sorrows all on Je-sus, When your cherished joys de-part; Bring your tempted heart to Je-sus, Full of love and pow’ris He; heave your fu-ture hope with Je-sus, Well He knows your ev’ry need; J -&~J • iJ — ^ 0 1=1= t =U=iy^ I — I - * He will make your pathway cheerful, He will soothe your aching heart. He will arm your soul with courage, He will bid the temp-ter flee. He will nev-erfail to guide you, In the paths that homeward lead. P\ :fc±=£i m re n v - r 152 I Cast Your Burdens on Jesus. Concluded. Chorus. \ , | | ^ m ±s & • • • * • • r r r ufT^r - Cast your burden all on Je - sus, If you wish for comfort sweet; Cast your bur - dens all onJe-sus, If you wish for comfortsweeti • n ^ 1 ' - 1 * i*s §3g0 j=3t J > ; -•—p- m » •- £ % £ =F= i i Eg IE ifc=t -g>- w= ^3 _ i tttt " r r rrr Bringyour trials and your sor-rows, Lay them all at Je-sus’feet! Bringyour tri - als and your sorrows, Lay them all at Jesus’feet! 1 i i i i n rs n j i r -# — *- r=Fff^ I fe= £3=3 r g r * No. 151. Come, Thou Almighty King. CHAS. WESLEY. ITALIAN HYMN, 6s. I m FELICE GIARDINI. EE ,p3 * # # ' <» i. Come, Thou Al-might-y King,HelpusThy name to sing, Help us to praise * JB. » I*- -1=2-- -f- & i — fc 1 ... J . J | .. j - JV I ;| I J J — 1-^-- { ■ » 0 |J nn | CTef all vie - g to - ri'ous! [ Come, and reign o - ver us, Ancient of days. f- f- f- f- • -p- m 2 Come, holy Comforter, Thy sacred witness bear, In this glad hour. Thou, who almighty art, Now rule in every heart, And ne’er from us depart Spirit of power. 3 To Thee, great One in Three, The highest praises be; Hence, evermore; Thy sovereign majesty May we in glory see, And to eternity Love and adore. 1 53 No. 152. E. E. HEWITT. Fill to Overflowing COPYRIGHT, 1897, BY JNO. R. SWENEY. Used by Per. JNO. R, SWENEY. 1. Oh , what ev - er - last - ing mer - cy Saved me, pardoned, and restored ; 2. Make my life henceforth a channel, Where Thy love shall have its way; 3. Free, ex-haust-less is the fount-ain, Help me free - ly to be-lieve, TT * a mm Fill me now to o - ver-flow - ing With Thy Ho - ly Spir-it,Lord. Bless’dthat I may be a bless -ing, Use me, Sav-ior, ev-’ry day. Riv - ers of Thy grace are promised, More and more may I re-ceive. EJjXl m tt WL IrW tU\lr£ Give me of the liv-ing wa - ter, Till my soul is sat - is - fied; Clos-er, clos - er to the fount-ain, Hold my heart, my soul, my will; Hap- py thirst that keeps me com-ing, Pleading still Thy gracious word; ■ A. A hi From the wells of Thy sal - va - tion, Be my ev - *ry need sup -plied. Let the bless-ed heav’nly cur -rents, Rich-ly all my be -ing fill. Fill me now to o - ver-flow - ing,WithThyHo - ly Spir - it, Lord. Fill to Overflowing. Concluded. No. 153. Lead Us by Thy Hand. I J. M. D. Slow. te COPYRIGHT, 1898, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. J. M, DUNGAN, 4=f 4==i= i- 1. Je - sus, Thy strength we need, Sow - ing Thy pre-cious seed; 2. May we this hour be led In right-eous paths to tread; 3. As this brief fleet - ing day Pass - es so swift a - way, 4. And when the hour draws nigh, When death shall dim our eye, £=t £ ■bi- t— r iil 3= In thought, or word, or deed, Oh And by Thy man - na fed, Oh May we from Thee not stray, Oh Take us to Thee on high, Oh lead us lead us lead us lead us by by by by the hand, the hand, the hand, the hand. No. 154. I Am Satisfied With j V.. & . ? ..j A. A. P. Copyright, 1896, by D. B. Towner. Used by Per. D. B. TOWNER. m Et rr rr aa I am sat - is - fied Sad and hope-less once Tho’ the her - y darts To His mer - cy - seat * f with Je - sus ev - ’ry day, His re- ‘I wan-dered all a - lone, Now He of Sa - tan may as - sail, O’er the I hast - en when op-pressed, For with m 3 • - • * 3 I & S -? 2 I * 3 — » deeming blood has washed my sins a - way, dwells with me and claims me as His own, shield of faith they nev - er shall pre - vail, Je - sus there is per-fect peace and rest, fte O, in dark Geth-sem-a- O, He makes my pathway I have giv - en Christ my So I take to Him in .. . A £ :£ . ± “N j- j J\ £ rj f fr [ b t ne and on cru - el Cal - va - ry, What a - maz-ing love He bright, for He is Him -self the Tight, And His presence turns to all; I shall rise when -e’er I fall, He will an-swer and de- pray’r ev - ’ry anx - ious weight of care, And I leave it, yes, I „ „ > * g £ £ - . . . ? . ± -f W- v- Chorus. & m m ^ * showed for such as me. day life’s dark-est night, liv - er at my call, leave it with Him there. I am sat -is -fied, I am sat -is -fied, *>-- — e> — ! v- B * i* * 1 56 m m I Am Satisfied with Jesus. Concluded No. 155. The Wondrous Cross. EUCHARIST. U. M. ISAAC WATTS. I, WOODBURY. My richest gain I count but loss, And pour con-tempt on all my pride. All the vain things that charm me most, I sac-ri - fice them to His blood . J0- e *- ^ 2 .. Jtr\ j _i ! 1 |g p- 3 See, from His head, His hands, His feet, Sorrow and love flow mingled down, Did e’er such love and sorrow meet, Or thorns compose so rich a crown? 4 Were the whole realm of nature mine, That were a present far too small; hove so amazing, so divine, Demands my soul, my life, my all, 157 No. 156. The Ministry of Love. Partly written and arr. by L. W. S. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excell, words and Music. LANTA WJLSON SMITH. psi *8 =*= b 1. If a - ny lit - tie word of mine May make a life the bright-er, 2. If a - ny lit - tie song of mine With message sweet and win-ning, 3. If a - ny lit - tie love of mine May make a life the sweet -er, I i 17 God help me speak the word in time To make the sad heart light-er. May reach the depths of want and woe, And keep some soul from sin-ning, If true and earn-est sym - pa - thy May make the sad hours fleet-er. m W— i — j 9 — Fg * 9 m — F * 0 * d 1# " •--J 1 1 V If a - ny task of mine may ease The bur - den of an - oth - er, God help me send the heart-felt song, Tike heav’nly ech - oes ring-ing, God give me love that can - not fail All ten - der tho’ts to cher-ish, 7.* . 1* & f=5 ~U -0- m God give me strength and purpose true, To help my toil - ing broth-er. A-long the lone - ly vales * of time, Till tears give place to sing-ing. The love that lightens grief and care, With deeds that can - not per-ish. f- f f . f- f~ t »-r# t ir 1 -r t-W t £ m 168 The Ministry of Love. Concluded. REFRAIN. J ES 1 A _i ti J ESl 1 — cn □ □ j r .Pv -j .4| 0 3 J . 1 m J _ i A* * 3 3 i * hm _3 * ! 1 J J 3— 3 < J - 4 w3 J j- 4 w # J 5 : S J » « f & G # # * 9 & • • 0 j * ^r— w ^ ^ God help me speak the word ir - > » -9- f- -f- -1 1 time, Some serv - ice glad - ly ren - d *- “3i - A frj±z_ -£-&*•- i er; f- 7mV % < * I r i j Q V 5 L_ i ? * '» • j J I®-/ •• 1 1 i l 1 L 10 1 r r 1 i K-S* : ; & * 9 f 1 T , n f F L L> . J 1 & 4 ^ p 1 t — t 1 L 1 — v — 1 J T _ v v \ K *s t N | 1 J 1 > □ ^ 1 J _T 1 « TV . J . □ i n .. 1 p V 0 9 J m ! m -a- j 11 \v ) » r $ 0 0 a 0 W 00 & 3 * * 1 J G V rod help me sing of love c *- * s*- +- I i li- vine, Till life grows sweet and t /T\ * * « - f tr# 0 b ;en-der. 1 T | | 1 1 1 ^ r r f n 1 L 3 « u F 1 1 ! L r _r f * M L, jm w p 1 0 * 1 li — 1 t - 1 L 1 hr b- * i r~ ^ * r p 1 JJ No. 157. WATTS. Lord, in the Morning. WARWICK. C. M. & SAMUEL STANLEY. ^ -W- tr - ? 0*0 ^ g heart a - bide, tr and a guide, e sore - ly tried, g heart a - bide, r p ... _r _p p p p M d > i t ! m 9 £ ft • A - ^ 1 / ✓ 1 / 1/ 1/ 1 / -P f - f * S ^ — i 1 b * t ' £ 1 Find - ing joy and com - fort on Read the way to vie - t’ry on Walk with Je - sus dai - ly on Faith and hope are shin - ing on the bless-ed, sun - ny side, the bless-ed, sun - ny side, the bless-ed, sun - ny side, the bless-ed, sun - ny side. 160 Keep on the Sunny Side. Concluded. ■ ■■ ^ b - TL • l k L _k . ^ fx * * N k n • J -k • , r > wj - ^ _ 0 J 44 . ' « & * 3 Pi tr ( Kee A p 01 C: * 8 a the sun - r * • n ■ Ly side, Keep on the sun - ny side, /iY.jni. r r r A « c ' j j. 9 • » | ub je * A* « m . i r r 1 1 1 f. f s 5 w ^ . a, a 9 • ® » m • \ L ¥ k 1 ; ... r c .5 5 1 > 1 r~ ( W V ¥ \ / 1 1 1 V ^ k R i ' k P...J k— k,_ ~ I J/ 4fjT rr IS k IS N, J P^L - -14 2 J i R R -P - 4 s — K LNf- * 1 k -k-H H * ^ J- - — f? k tS 4D A 1 _j_ at lit qs jrrT n~:: "j • p c 51 • •" 1 I yk J W • VI W wl # f 9 & • " & A • LJ • * * • J J 1 _ 9*9 9 9 * 9 9*9 Keep the sunny side of the [Omit. ^ # » a # # » g - s - 1 1 road; r 70 r • 0 Ltf • # • m - s 5 *4+ 14 .^ 0 • « # 6 • A 9 e • m i_e • » 0 »•_ >2 0 • « V9 i 8 r p p ... L ITfJ _L r p p r. r k ^ I I # k— k— k— k — H — k— k- — j Lk k— k— ' b— V— k 2-2 li No. (59. O For a Thousand Tongues. AZMON. C. M. CHARLES WESLEY. CARL GOTTHELF GLASER. 04 + it .. 1 1 1 -.1 1 i L 1 1 1 J > TfliV O J J 1 -J -J ' ^5' j 1 nm J 1 43 — J ... ^ « ft ! m 1 _J & j c 5 l J I 1 Y~— ** L * 1 — d ! ^ — — -J 1 * -J ^ L# — « — J 1. O for a thou-sand tongues, to sing My great Redeemer’s praise; 2. My gra-cious Mas -ter and my God, As - sist me to proclaim, 3. Je - sus! the name that charms our fears, That bids our sor - rows cease • 4. He breaks the pow’r of canceled sin, He sets the pris- ’ner free; 1L 1 A gk <5 J J r J /-iV+t tfo P ^ _r 0 5 1 <2 i L e ¥3 ^2 1 j 1 w 7 jt <.) . _ie 1 i r . .. 1 1 1 1 1 M- — F — L 1 1 — 1 1 1 J 1 4 =t — gh ]]' 3= jZL v ^ -Q- ^ The glo-ries of my God and King, The triumphs of His grace! To spread thro’ all the earth a -broad, The hon-ors of Thy name. ’Tis mu - sic in the sin-ner’s ears, ’Tis life and health and peace. His blood can make the 'foul - est clean, His blood a- vailed for me. £ m 161 No. 160. I’ll Go Where You Want Me to Go. COPYRIGHT, 1894, BY C. E. ROUNSEFELL. MARY BROWN. by perm.ssion. CARRIE E. ROUNSEFELL. J s ‘ J ^ XL_a „ 1 . \J \ n !~ _j j 0 p ^ 1 s ^ all _ J - J i « 2 ^ ■ * • if j » I. X- Q ^ . m < 7 0# 9 < 1 4 * 9 9', * e e * > • e 9 9 t 1. It may not be on the mountain’s height, Or 0 - ver the storm-y 2. Per-haps to - day there are lov - ing words Which J esus would have me 3. There’s surely somewhere a low - ly place In earth’s harvest fields so ° J -f- » . - 3 -. -p- * - /aX?- p a v c . s 1 2 E S - i f > f * f t -# 0 9 9 9 Who ,_L , h k k * A U | ^ 1 l/ cS k 1 In r r k k -1 -k k k f ^ : 1 k 1 ^ ^ _J 1 f^— |S— [Wd J 1 — i V, I 1 p j j J P J # 0 5 J j c s .. !■ # : S S > * 0-^—9 * * 1? J sea; It may not be, at the bat - tie’s front My Lord may have speak, There may be now in the paths of sin Some wand’ rer whom wide, Where I may la - bor thro’ life’s short day For Je - sus, the I £ d ' l: w i ' ~ " * need of me; But if by a still, small voice He calls To I should seek — O Sav - ior, if Thou wilt be my guide, Tho’ Cru - ci - fied — So trust - ing my all to Thy ten - der care, And B t -i t xk— # -g- 'S * *■ I ' • * — 0 • - #-L* * * J d U>J b " — 'K i paths that I do not know, I’ll answer, dear Lord, with my hand in Thine, dark and rug-ged the way, My voice shall ech - o Thy mes-sage sweet, knowing Thou lovest me, I’ll do Thy will with a heart sin - cere, T__m 162 I’il Go Where You Want Me. Concluded. Refrain. -j Vdh rA k V— [s— 1 rA- J _V -A . IS s. I\ J Lb n J J <* • -A H — |_2 1 f «5T .<* 1 j* __j 1 JR *a ^k_J as A T * £ 9 & 1 2 # • # i zsi S 2 2. t/ “I’ll go where you want > f a me . to go.*’ I’ll go where you want me to ^ -m- 0 -0- 22 5 1 L. u 1 r r p r s •sr* 1 .0 • L L r . ! 1 1 rrr^ r r g □ rz t9 a ^ • s'- 1 p • P p p p p 1 [7- ^ r 1 r r r * 1 > 1 2 3 W I rr * r p pr r I 1 1 b b b b 1/ b b b b v P G 1 ~Q~, 1 N N 1 N \ k _ 1 IT - ^ — rv yf h A j __ * F . • \ ^ r _ J J J H * m r ! 1 i s d d J, d - 'J i'i a - al t • J. 4 WLT # 9 9 9 J si 2 s 9 f _ 0 ^ * /J 2 & & • *0 9 V , ^ ^ ^ ^ U . LH go, dear Lord, O-ver moun-tam, or plain, or . . • * * „ , _ _ «. » ■ sea; b I’ll say what you p 3 :. /Sv s r t i 10 I 1 • i A # II (ft/*, f . p ” OF is? I 1 IV 1 r 1 " r 1 1 - f w Sr f r r WhT ^ | m . y & B> * AM- | , h h v f- r ¥ ¥ \ tr j c~ — r r_: f — (- -v ¥ ¥ b t ' k 1 k - 9 -—f |s— f- -| gb_, 1 A -V -A A w 1 yT b J ib J 0 ^ r l i i J J J ia - . 11 -J j « J — W ^ ^ -« j 14 w ...J ^ J # . ft £* i 0 • * want me to say, dear Lord, I’ll be what you want me to 1 L#- ^ A ^ ^ • »- » -7 -t- -S: bS- -» 0- -a-. ,» _ d^d be. u 1 /WV» g • » _» r r r & .. l. ! r _ sr^ s i£a r Dr T U J. G i r 1 1 H • Til b / b « 0 0 • JS* 1 "1 11 > c D r l/ b b b i No. 161. Lord, We Gome Before s hee. WILLIAM HAMMOND. peEyee’S hymn, 7s. IGNACE PLEYEL. 1. Lord, we come be-fore Thee now, At Thy feet we hum-bly bow; 2. Lord, on Thee our souls de-pend, In com - pas - sion now de-scend; 3. In Thine own ap-point-ed way, Now we seek Thee, here we stay; i 3^ m * 5 3= O do not our suit dis - dain; Shall we seek Thee, Lord, in vain? Fill our hearts with Thy rich grace, Tune our lips to sing Thy praise. Lord, we know not how to go, Till a bless - ing Thou be - stow. &- -Aii 163 i No. 162. Do Not Delay. THOS. HASTINGS, Arr. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELU Words and Music. Rev. E. E. SATTERLEE. v -N N A- K~ -A N- r — :hroL_J^=E: x. De - 1 2. De -1 3 - De - ] 4. De - ] • s t - lay not, de - lay not, O s lay not, de - lay not, Why lay not, de - lay not, O s lay not, de - lay not, The j • 0 — „ p-*. p : h-, Z 0 — L in - ner, draw near; The 1 lon-ger a - buse The lc in - ner, to come, For n >pir - it of grace, Long gr *• 5 c va - ters of >ve and corn- ier - cy still ievedandre- P-^-# s-n > - P— )* — p-H? P ■£ — b — v—F — F— - p-fa* fa- b— :--i" fa P P P— 1 —A Nr c 1 sr — -■h N ■-K-— ft fc" N f r y —t 17 . X:Z. 9 0 XT life are now i pas - sion of lin - gers, and < sist - ed, may ‘ 0 • ® m | * • 1 C ! [ Sowing for thee; No j Je - sus, thy God? A i sails thee to - day; Her ^ take its sad flight, And ' u \Tf ' )rice is de-mand-ed, the fount -ain is 0 - pen, how /oice is not heard in the leave thee in dark - ness to 0 • 0 0.0 T~ \) — fa r — ^ fe— - -® — p — i 1 -i r p 0 r r 1 y-jzk z|=fe E=b£iJi 5 E 5 ^ / i iv N N N "1 T7V j a J 0 . 0 J P N 1 ft 1 U u 0 • ! « ,i - -A 5 - - 5 p J r J N A 1 I fn .0 er 1 i 0 0 % • J p ♦ 0 J - - 1 v 7. 9 - “ 1/ 1 v • S i 0 J . 9 fj r v * - 0.0 Sav-ior is here; Redemption is purchased, Sal-va-tion is free, canst thou re -fuse To wash and be cleans-ed in His pard’ning blood? vale of the tomb, Hermes-sage, un-heed -ed, will soon pass a - way. fin - ish thy race, To sink in the gloom of e - ter - ni-ty’s night. A ; ... m . m . r nr r r r 1 L 1 L [ 1 /m r 0 • B ifa, !7 ! , v, I, f ¥ 0 0 • # $ 0 tf p • 0 ... : 1 r 0 « 1 L, r ? r ..f 1 J 1 ^ r r 0 0 1 * V I l -V F — U— F^t ^ V — P— 1 * — f=f =-5 t? TT |v N_JST± 5 == ... v- 1—- 1 0 0 — hJ— 0 4 i-P 0 K s -I J 7 T \\ J __ . 0 Jli? s • S JI0 S 20 S u d g 1 5 • 4 Vs y O S 0 _H ’ , 0 r TL ' 9 ~ w 0 9 . j Do not de - lay, Do not de - 1 ^rft Hear the warn-ing di - vine, m ^0- -0- -0- -0- -0- — i — “J — 'p~ * 4 — -f— H — ^ . /y\~ u (T 1 1 ... 1 . L. I __c \ .. 1. . . 1 1 17 * ^ N* • p 1 0 1 0 0 • . 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 p • 1 r 1 | - r r 1 _ r | r j : 4 ~^vr> V— \ V - \ k -4 — 1 J 164 Do Not Delay. Concluded. lii m Do not de - lay, His sal-va-tion is thine;. Do not de - lay, His sal - va-tion is thine; Ite lull -a m m - 2- I ±Z ■ V — F -- ^9 s Turn to the Lord, For His mer - cy is free, Turn to the Lord, is free, ' -■£ f £ £ ■& ~ r: ± - 0 - “t= mi m Sizsz: tttt No. 163. Ye Christian Heralds, Go. MISSIONARY CHANT. B. H. DRAPER. u5sl=EiL H. C. ZEUNER. tdz Z 'J&lI & ~9—*~ ig =BS 1. Ye Chris-tian heralds, go, proclaim Salvation thro’ Immanuel’s name; 2. He’ll shield you with a wall of fire, With flaming zeal your heart inspire, 3. And when our la-bors all are o’er, Then we shall meet to part no more; m a^Ng & ^ -0- -0 ' fa r 7 %$ $ J — » j - J | - J j — 1 — \ W — 5 5 • — J=3- j -J— ^-4 3 pE}| t~t To distant climes the tidings bear, And plant the Rose of Sharon there. Bid raging winds their fu-ry cease, And huslfithe tempest in - to peac*. With all the ransomed hosts to fall, And crown our Savior Lord of all. -0- 0 „ ■r r r W=FFf rfi?- 165 • -0- - 0 - Me ±=t J0 £2 122 . 1 164 . S. LEWIS, Toiling On. Copyright, 1899, by E. O. Excelu Words and Music. HENRY A. LEWIS. » = /* 1. Are you toil -ing for the Mas-ter, In life’s har-vest field to-day? 2. Ma - ny reap-ers now are need-ed In the har-vest field of life, 3. Do not think your work is end-ed, And there’s nothing more to do; f— r rr-fT r f - f f- 5 -! — | — p — f— | g ZfiJZ Qjdtj f j j# • i ! LA LA • LA 1 1 ■^h /i 1 1 h h i i ^ v • » I » • » ISP • |0 0 • k ^ h k « 9 1 1 V t N C MU IN |\ \ K, S J- - A. \ w k j T\v bp r is 1 is ® • a rr: p is ... P K , 1 r k up J « -P J IS P IV P 8 fr 17 m • 1 1 ^ 1 J S 25 • . d -• * . w | 1 L_^g 1 ^ w • * r *■ • 9 2 _ • # ^ • d , i ~ ~ ~ w ~ ~ * * p If you la - bor true and faithful, He, your serv-ice will re - pay; Ma - ny are the weak and tim - id Who grow wea-ry in the strife; While the world is full of e-vils, There is al-ways work for you; . «.g. ft ... • l ZSrhi r s? ! • 0 S’ • 9 ! L l n 1 i * 9 1 (*J»i \) h a • ! » • » W • t» • Id 9 p . j r i 1 r ^ »•, a I 1 □ r~ □ r " j j 1 1 >-v ! V V V V 5 S=hF 1: ■h — t; — * — ^ 5 :1 V V Then go forth with faith undaunted, While the har-vest field is white, Then a - rise, be up and do - ing, There is work for ev - ’ry one, Toil - ing on with courage strengthened, By the prom-ise of His word, R ^r fN & N fc K k 3 Go and gar-ner for the Sav-ior, From the ear -ly morn ’till night. ’Till the gold-en sheaves are garnered, And the har-vest work is done. ’Till you rest from all your la-bor In the presence of the Lord. ZSS-HT—f ‘I*— T f s : g i r •- f :P « ^ H =, rTTVi/ r l, • l. n ! r i \ r '■ \ ^ » # 0 # ^ j Vz/k W "~Pr r h m • ^ r, U 1 & u -2 \l— u ^_JL cu b/ ^ -U — V — 1 V — v 1 166 Toiling On. Concluded. I ANDREW REED. A BARERMA, C. M. Adapted by R. SIMPSON. ' IC! I ■^r ■Z 5 t 5 tj -0 . m 9 w ^ w r 1. Spir - it Di - vine, at- tend our pray’r,And make our hearts Thy home; 2. Corneas the light: to us re - veal Our sin - ful - ness and woe; 3. Corneas the fire, and purge our hearts, hike sac-ri - fi - cial flame: PC f- =^T=F=t ■« f 5 i= -*■ ' & g: ■ r ' r De-scendwith all Thy gracious pow’r: Come, Ho -ly Spir - it, come! And lead us in those paths of life Where all the right-eous go. het our whole soul an off-’ring be, To our Re-deem-er’s name. _ K h & r i | I 1 ^ - 1 3 167 t No. 166. A. M. TOPLADY. 1. Rock 2 . Could 3 . While Rock of Ages, COPYRIGHT, 1884, BY E.O. EXCELU E. 0. EXCELL. of A - my tears I draw ges, cleft for - ev this fleet - - for er ing me, flow, breath, I eg v • » fit* -ft- t ff ^ f 9 L r 1. Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, Blest Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, 2. Could my tears for - ev - er flow, Oh! Could my tears for - ev-er flow, 3. While I draw this fleet-ing breath, Yes, while I draw this fleet-ing breath, ussi P v. . . /s :€ z£=S=s *-S- ■w— v- trr Let Could When me hide my zeal mine eyes ■U3 my - self no lan ■ shall close in Thee; guor know, in death, Let me hide my - self in Thee, Oh! Let me hide my - self in Thee; Could my zeal no lan-guor know, Oh! Could my zeal no lan-guor know, When mine eyes shall close in death, Yes, When mine eyes shall close in death, 9 — j> fJ T— Mr-f im 9 — 9 «T 1TF Let the wa - ter and the blood, These for sin could not a - tone, When I rise to worlds un - known, =M f 9 ht =t — =£3= =tr c c?r ttr *r fff T t Let the wa - ter and the blood, Oh! Let the wa - ter and the blood, These for sin could not a -tone, No, These for sin could not a -tone, When J rise to worlds un-known, Yes, When I rise to worlds un-known, g -S S-s 168 C-f-f-f v— V- Rock Of Ages. Concluded From Thou And Thy wound must save be - hold which flow’d, a - lone, Thy throne, From Thy wounded side which flow’d, Yes, From Thy wounded side which flow’d, Thoumustsave and Thou a- lone. Yes, Thou must save and Thou a- lone, And be - hold Thee on Thy throne, Yes, And be-hold Thee on Thy throne, V*—*r ttrr Be In Rock of my of sin hand A - the no - ges, dou - - ble cure, price I bring; cleft for me, N I -17T -trpm „ ~r ^iRr i : i ' "r^r y hi l ^ ^ 2 _ \) • gr* ® d • ®_ « " ■ d # ha V - ) m r r i E E r Ur ^r ^ 1/ 1/ 1 Be of sin In my hand Rock of A - V V \ 1 V V \ 1 l*' ^ 1 >* the dou-ble cure, Yes, Be of sin the dou-ble cure, no price I bring, Lord, In my hand no price I bring, ges, cleft for me, Blest Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, E -f~ f ~f~ -f~ “t -S’ “S' (a * u | »r r r r i i i T # | 1/ U • Lm jft a U » 1 p P j f r r 1 I IJ 1 VB r r 1 1 r . r p — y f f •Tr t==t L/ lr 1 Save Sim - from wrath - ply to and make Thy cross me pure. I cling. No. 167. Nearer Home. A. NON. copyright, 1898, by e. o. excelu J* t-. MOLLOY. Air. by E. Od E. t r f t r r Soprano Soto. -frb -*-=?v p 4 1- v ^ i f J .. TV -J 1 PI “ i J 2 a ! . J • P TT 1 - 1 M 9 9 4 P y p 3 2 9 ^ fl 9 J 37 » & 1. O’er the hill the sun is setting, And the eve is drawing on; 2. One day nearer, sings the sail - or, As he glides the wa-ters o’er, 3. Worn and weary, oft the pil-grim Hails the setting of the sun, _n__u LA 2 • 1 - 1 I 1 1 1 1 1 2 2/ 1 45 1 . J __ 1 fj ' — 3 - s_ 5 p a ^ 1 # j g> |? # T T 1 : | ( 1 . a m I ^ — « ^ ' L ® -< *#* p- i k H— — . 1 L_b U ! J p . J J p 1 P J\ J 1 p p I fr ^ — 1 W . PH . i 9 j ■ - J uj /C _3 ^7 . J ** 9 9 J 0 If# TT . Slow-ly droops the gen-tle twilight, For an - oth - er day is gone; While the light is soft-ly dy-ing On his dis-tant na- tive shore. For the goal is one day near-er, And his journey near- ly done. j/TT' _4 X b k . : _ i 1 1 1 p 1 vTT ui 1 0 * L S 1 : S*- — 1 -5 J- f -i r-J f ! , 1 — 1 — 1 ^ "1 2 a -a( i Wh u gg ffl 1 j 1 V 17 9 I J 0 i -9 L fl-fi)- - 0 - ^ ^ ~ 170 Near Home. Concluded. Rit. M r^F •■i#”' — I s ^ _1 \ K- Zlfc__I==l > r J J # 3 p 1 J p p jsa a f V P L L r ~ j ! J 9 is J ^ J V 7 U 1/ s Still it’s sweet to know at e - veil, We are one day near-er home; In the evening cries with rapture, “I am one day near-er home;” As the twi - light gathers o'er us, We are one day near er home; -yrv j « Z73 _ _ LF 1 _ i . . J ! J _____ i ™ 8 u a wzn i ) ^ 9 - 1 J . JS & _H ' j* *' flf- Colla voce. ^ -S-— |.-T| r -at L — - — : — l_ r j r * i0 sssta- ® B i 3S _ w 1 1 u f 7f • & 1 J J 1 gJ7_ -r i 'v a S 9 * ' J — | 9-rt> - 7 — it; ^ N v 1 r — — > r k ! # F __ j H j p -p tw 1 J |k S -1 f? V (7| T 9 ® 5 4 J r - ^ i W J L 2 ^ 1 or i 9 9 ^r: J l Still it’s sweet to know at e - ven, We are one day near-er home. In the evening cries with rapture, “I am one day near er home.” As the twi - light gathers o’er us, We are one day near-er home. Cl I A , ^ ___ _ __ ^ I 771 / . 1 n V k ^ ■ iffl J 1 1 1 -1 3 1 , J ! 1 1 1 _ J i Z < H n -4J- J3- Z£> -S/ [7 t * t *- # Colla voce. ^———^7 1 k k - 1 , — 1^ 1 i f zrv ^ 2 — 2 a m fry J _ g dri 9 ^ ^ «T *r— n — 1 — zs 1 g .5 _ fczr—zi 9 • 9 W ^ .r~J D 99 Near-er 9 » ' L9 ^j? 9 9 ^ home, near-er home, 9 ® & 9 "O' & M " ' iT 1 To our Father’s house on high; . -f-* -f- £ £ _ h j j 1 U C ^ wt M • X® » L . . E E S 1 fi 1/ m > p r » — p — — t r — 1 — F F F i f Wk uj_ r p — 1 — 1 — H T — 1 1 1 ! . . 1 L-.P-P [~— ^1 b* V — ^ ^ r V V ! ^ ^ 1 ^ I To the green fields and the fountains Of the land beyond the sky. _ , Of the land be yond the sky. fE-P- -Jte-s- * 9 4=t t trt7"t?- P— P- 21 : •F- l £7 171 No. 168. Onward Joyfully Go. H. A. HENRY. COPYRIGHT, 1899, BY E. O. EXCELL. Words and Music. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. js N N — £: N 4 — -5— -4MH- 1-- =a= — \ 4= W 9 f * 1. Joy - ful - ly 2. Cheer-ful-ly -1- /frV/L F : — | — -f- #- we will sing the on - ward we are ''' f * • • sto - ry, Beau-ti - ful sto - marching, Singing His prais- t f i- . . -• — ry -es ~s '' jr *=*“ — r * — ^ p — P — b~ P v b P v P P P b -f- i 1 = ft ±= ■ M = of His love; day by day, — *-r 2 ✓ 3 £ Tell - in g the won - ders of His glo - ry, Fol - low - ing Him whose word hath told us, t; k f : i- * • Q N . k ^ -V i ----- K ^ [v ^ -3 * J -d-— P -R- f>-1 -a — P---T J . *k ,* -P— ^ rt * s * : : % ~i-4 3 j 9 ! — ■ r * if And of His home a - “I am the truth, the _ f- ■ , . \^ e bove; way.” -f- L! f * J ^ • Sow-ing the good-ly seed Holding the ban-ner high f- fr a— —9 of kind-ness, a - bove us, to-: v — ^ f p-— -! 4-4- — f — ^ — - — f® — ^ f t p t ) ■ ■ P~ " V- - k— k « — V • f* ^ =f 3 ~1 p p p p p p t i P P ' 172 Onward Joyfully Go. Concluded. Chorus. ± ft N E- i\i* r On On - ward joy - ful - ly go, Sing- ing His prais -es ward, for - ward, we are march - ing-, Sing- - ing- prais - es — - 5 E 1? — iisl =t all the way; For - ward, stead - y and true, all the way; For - ward, for - ward, true and stead - y, £ £ . £ . dh =s= 4 : 3 = # -ip=gi : 9—^ #— — iv- — IV rJ 4— N g! -A- =£=l t ¥ I-.*- -P- — p__ — J — -1 s s 0 — =t= *- — % # r 3 * * f Ev - ry command we Each com-mand f # fa 3 fa S 3— o - be} will we < — 7. 1 >bey. B 0 - 0 U U 3 Bold and fear-less old and fearless, bold V- = a = 3 * are we, and fearless, -P • V£n ■ — r H — h — —* 1 ' £=£=£=£ — F -4* -£ L-ris ^ —I - tri !vH tfff — £ "1 =£=£=$= ✓ i/ S £ =E=b -r Nev Not I . m rf :-r U ^ ^ ^ er dis-mayed by the foe, For - ward, dis - mayed by strong- - est foe, For - ward, for - ward. ±=i £e Ebfc £ £ ± 31 V hap - py and free, On - ward to vie - Fry we go. hap - py and free, On - ward, to vie - t’ry we go. „ 3 _ 3**3 £ £= 3c & 173 No. 169. Our Heavenly Home. I LANTA WILSON SMITH. Poco ttdagio. h Copyright, isas, by E. O. Excell. Words and Arrangement. STEPHEN C. FOSTER. & & 0 • • m » * Intro. If m -^-4- £ -=4-#- =t= V— j 5/- 1. A sa - cred love twines a-round our earth-ly home, Though 2. Tho’ toil and care are the bur - dens we must bear, Though 3. In faith and love we will la - bor here be - low, Till He 7 1 F|.- m fleet-ing its pleasures may seem, sor - row its shad-ows may bring, someday the Fa - ther shall say: m tt Our joys glide by as the We look a - bove to the “My child come home, for your ^ ■ ..rmr r nu — t I: r r 5E m mo - ments come and go, Fife is like some swift-ly pass - ing man - sions bright and fair, Where the gold - en harps of heav - en work is no - bly done, Take the crown that fad - eth not a- 1 i j i i— -n ""t ™! m =4=#= dream. But there’s a home that will nev - er pass a - way, ’Tis ring. We dream of songs they are sing-ing o - ver there, Our way.” With rapt -ure, then, we will en - ter heav-en’s gates, That 1-J— 1 — hr- r 174 ~ ! sT- T~* Our Heavenly Home. Concluded. hap - py, and ho - ly and bright, loved ones who fad - ed from sight, cit - y of glo-ry and light, 4 ! 4 rr 4 We will all meet there when our On the wings of love they will There to join the throng in the T T r 3= m T -i9- Of our bless - ed Heav’n-ly Home far „ . * ? • . $1 M. A A- a - way. _(i 2 _ 175 No. 170. We Are Soldiers. Copyright, 1898, by E. O. Excelu C. B. A. words and music. Mrs. CARRIE B. ADAMS. JL CULJJU 1 \) i A .. k ... n -N . x N ft 1-- . , tzHpr _fv s _P p4 J N J_ * # 4 V 9, 5 • , 9 Ey/in J K J a- P- - a m f • p I V T T _ „ i > * w • a r • & r rj rz s k cr . u r • P r u \j u j u 1 f P CW SF A 0 Yj U * p V Z h b / n 1/ ^ ^ zzt L kL v -f~\ [— 1 1 m ~1 | j : — s — J\ n I 2 • # 1 |S x IS R J J J J t m m 2 1 1 ^ r _ vv \) 2 2 _2 i L C l 0 0 9 • j ' # • yj m w w * [ glad - ly sing, Let 01 pure and fair, Je - su f- ? P * ' \ ' f b g b p ir voic - es ring! We’re marching on to s* name is there! And while we’re press-ing •- ® • , h_ __ N b fc ... 7mV : ua W W 1 2 : rv 1 IP IF 1 . r • J a w '« 1 # • 9 r < w -p | / J | $ 17 r i r -i i 1 ' u i i i : ^ ? 1 -hr- S N A— fr-T-i ~i 4 -0 ® 9 (» r\ h V i ^ ' e r • 9 i i fw P i • Jr 4 C i 1 g « m u u | • L > 5 L / — — * — * — i 1 ? — h'f — r r — 8 vie -t’ry with our ban - ner bright, On the side of right, And the on-ward with our cour - age strong, If the way is long, Cheer it gy-V-. / • f ^ — s «— > :- T ^- 1- 1 »- -t - -p - 0 9 • 0 _ |Cx*| 1/ | ; L 7 i r r -Hr i J L_ 1 L k , ' _±J i l 1/ i n 1 -1 ! v | ... j . N h N is -fv =1 — j— — h ~d~ J ■ - 1 — -] 1 1 — i ££=±=3 = 1— 1 % • s= — f — -j tr — ' # • Lord’s our light! At the call with a song. If we strive &-# -p- ■£_ • • * -e- of to du - ty do our -f' -f- we will 1 mas-ter’sl f p: for - ward go, bid -ding here, f- f- ^ -U- k ^ ■ 4 — f— 4 -- — g— — 1 s%=t. k — 0 — — w — U~ r I--- i i 1 i If v i 1 . ik b rj9-r — j — ±== * = ^ == t — iq r 4 i >T U 2 J s % i J m I j V i - i S j S s r 9 0 Z € 1 ^ 1 W E • i 9 < p 1 9 9 1 w 9 9 1 9 J With our mas - ter, Je - sus, ’gainst the brav - est f< We will win the bat - tie, trust Him, nev - er fe -P-* .-fc ^ f f- f- t £ : f De; With ar! Then It i—. i r W 9 1 jtt r ' ■ r i V p r r J ’ r 1 | Z J wk 'i • • !l t ■ i i ? l7 P e 1 6 P f h f — ^ r I i l ' k "" 'n 1 j l 4 l 176 We Are Soldiers. Concluded. '-ft— V- — & If ( g -r =f=t-9~ — -tr- -j # » — 3 * * — Him as our Corn-man - der, this we sure - ly know, That we’ll sing in loud ho - san - nas to that name so dear, Glo - ri- Pn h IS -f-v— flp- N h |S A LJ -/i — ^ — rf!— £ 4^, 1. , 1— . j -..fr-yi'-t; : 1 V V y V— k | 1 F F Chorus. -43 1 1 i 1 IT t 1 - • — 1 1 ly. V. iy -3T~K 9 ! \ L— P rn\ ^ « m i 1 - — ^ ~a ® m J w -* 5 1 — 4 - con - quor in His name. Then march, march for - ward with the fy our Lord and King! Then march, march, march with the £0: 7 f r ' -f j=pF— P— F - =t S — f — i — HH L 1 K k J 1 -< -j - 1 1 1 A 11 Q J J □ 1 fi J 1 L. M L_ J « fi 1 1 I j # ^ | i 3 m | a J 1 w ^ v I 5 J 2 9 §L 9 I zr -w * Lord, ot 9 f f ^ ir King, Then ma Then mar 9 9 9- 9- -4- -4- ,rch, march forward, let u ch, march, march 9 9 9 9 ’ ' f s glad - ly sing, Our 8? m i /*> » " T l r l i^j‘i r J 9 1 '6 ¥ 1 P [ r J - # l i 1 J \ W L 9 p i r 1 r r r r i i i i i r r\ N 1 N i S K r- -* | | L .1 1 y^\ i j T [S j 1 m J J J. P !N H 1 4, 9 i - - i Wm J rfB fr\V w &, ! ' ' ! •! i m 0 L J H \ J i i a-# j/ ®— V T « 9 9 9— » & 9 ^ # w 9. * 9 _ 9 _ watchword “Forward!’ let our voic-es ring! All faith in Je - sus Christ our - ir_ *: H 1- r i i j / I ; } ^ ! 1 1 r j r — i p=u__M=^=q k- --- 1 1 ---1 I— 1 1 k — V — / — 1 k- 177 No. 171. That Old, Old Story Is True. D. B. WATKINS. N Copyright, 1886, by E.O. Excell. WORDS AND MUSIC. JS E. O. EXCELL. 0 — - ?== tJ w V 1. There’s a won-der 2. They told me of 3. He a - rose and 4. Oh, that won-der - ful sto - ry I’ve heard long a - go, ’Tis a Be - ing so love - ly and pure, That as - cend - ed to heav - en, we’re told, Tri- I love to re - peat, Of /I . ful sto - ry -0~ -P- • -I — $=F= CL» k v j •S k W N k \ / rr k . is. A s 1 "" — v J S' / & * g" fc j zj— m J- IT A J Pv J ® « .... 5 0 " • ** 0^ S a 35 ... SZ ^ • « ", .... Z i .. - ) 9 • & & 0^/9 & called “The sweet sto-ry of old;” came to the earth to dwell, umph-ant o’er death and hell; peace and good - will to men; « . . * J~| I h< To se He’s pre-] There’s no i 1 5 *ar it so oft - en, wher- :ek for His lost ones, and 3ar-ing a place in that sto - ry to me that is -F- • - F TmV^r 1 r 1 a # • 9 0 [w *ft Ml # k® Ml | 1 Ds ,Q r v r r w 1 %Z s & & W W VP W i i p ^ [J v p b b b v %■ V V -J . J 'W w w w w * —j ?■#- A ^ P _A _E I I ■A - — )S _A _v _ — — * i\ . l 0* - 0 J . 0 0 { \ 9 I P 9 ta n m • 5 * A & zi 3 _ XT J dm 1 A 1 11 A zl • 1 J J w -0- * ~ ® 9 * ev - er I go, That same old sto ■ make them se - cure From death and the pow cit - y of gold, Where loved ones for - ev * half so sweet, As I hear it a - gain f f ±- ?- m -P- * 0 . • ry was - er of • er may and a - /Ts -P- -p- told; And I’ve hell; That dwell. Where our gain. He in- 0 ZTK 9 9 ff — 1 j j t j j 1 ^ f \ | | | 0 • 0 #_ 0 Ear n_ r : 1 r LA* IALA LA* lAkia , r x r ^ ,p ^ 10 • 10 B? 0 0 0 ^ P F IP liF Tv — [ r; r r r r^=^^, n n v. |7 j 1/ w v V w c? ^ m -• — • — • » g-.U-._s >g 1 tho’t it was strange that so oft - en they’d tell That sto - ry as He was despised and with thorns He was crown’ d, On the cross was ex- kin-dred we’ll meet, and we’ll nev - er more part, And oh, while I vites you to come — He will free - ly re - ceive, And this mes-sage He ; ♦ l> ; t •» ^ r-i • m gg_ JeeS That Old, Old Story is True. Concluded. t ±=*- t if it were new; But I’ve found out the rea-son they loved it so tend-ed to view; But oh, what sweet peace in my heart since I’ve tell it to you, It is peace to my soul, it is joy to my sendeth to you, “There’s a man-sion in glo-ryfor all who be- lt were new; ~f~ * a 9 ^ * ~l~ - • & h j S -f- * e> -f - * -P- U v ^ s-/ Refrain. well, That old, old sto - ry is found That old, old sto - ry is heart, That old, old sto - ry is lieve,”That old, old sto - ry is - .a true. That old, old sto-ry is true, true. That old, old sto-ry is true, true. That old, old sto-ry is true, true. That old, old sto-ry is true, It is true, W m -K- f ; * • .$ -t . -g That old, old sto ■ That old, old sto ■ That old, old sto • That old, old sto ■ ry is ry is m But I’ve found out the rea - son they But oh , what sweet peace in my It is peace to my soul, it is “There’s a man-sion in glo-ry for is true ; I s „ -0- m. . f: ,*. - 0~-4 0 - fSmt * trtf — p— i — t /TS 0 loved it so heart since I’ve joy to my all who be - gpf7~r~'f well, That found That heart, That lieve,” That -n ... old, old, old, old, old sto old sto old sto old sto ry ry ry ry is is is is =£=£: true. true. true. true. t--g-E=f=C' 179 m — l - i r°f No. 172. L. D. SANTEE. The Judgment. COPYRIGHT, 1891, BY CHAS. H. GABRIEL. Copyright, 1899, byE.O. Excell. CHAS. H. GABRIEL. C J 1. Silent the feet of the years ev-er speed In the path that so long they have 2. On-ly a step from the morn until noon, And the ev-’ning is fol-low-ing 3. On-ly a while to be loy - al and brave, Toiling onward where oth-ers have 1 1 ■- -j- 1 1 1 ] ^Jt- — i : — — 1 if 0r~t ~0r : — V i < Piano. Arpeggio. mm w. — mm- S 1 | V Iw ^ ~ N -f ■ t "-Vfe. ft— ^ * * 9 j — j-gr— trod, And they bear on their bo - som a rec - ord of deeds, That is fast, It is on-ly a step from the era -die of birth, To the trod, On-ly sleep-ing ' a-while in the low, peaceful grave, Then, to I ft - ^ ev - er as-cend-ing to God; Soft - ly and sweetly the sea-sons go, end of a life that is past; On-ly a step from the morn so fair, stand in the judgment of God ; Then all the deeds of the years that run, r V > T vt W itz: -#T J I 180 The Judgment. Concluded. -a-p-> — \ fSL L ps PS PS - ' 1 fiv_j J I P I——H -A h ® -A 1-' kJ jp Y # * 9 9 9 9 [_4* 4S M M U 9 1 V- --T. tJ 9 a 9 " V m \ \ 9 9 How they come, and how they pass! It seems but a step from May to the Till the heart of age grows cold, And on - ly a step to sil - ver - y Swift-ly all life’s journey thro’, Will meet us at last, when life’s work is A snow, And a -gain to the bend -ing grass, It seems but a step from hair, From the au-burn and from the gold, And on - ly a step to past, And we’re judged for whate’er we do, Will meet us at last, when I A 8 S Me w£ --*£ m i i May to sil - ver - life’s work the snow, And a - gain to the y hair, From the au - burn and is past, And we’re judged for what - bend-ing grass, from the gold, e’er we do. No. 173. Echoes of Old Hymns. ROSE KEENE. Copyright, 1898, by E. o. Excell. Words and Music. E. O. EXCELL. = 1 = =E5 ab=i!= A lit - tie maid with soft blue eyes Was singing at her play The A stranger chanced to pass that way, His heart was lone and sad, ‘ ‘I The stranger’s life had sin - ful been, It pierced him like a dart, His The stranger knelt, and as he prayed, He fixed his eyes on heav’n, ‘ ‘O The lit - tie maid kept singing on While at her child-ish play, And 3? 3 -=(=?= good old hymns her moth - er sang To her at close of day; Her used to sing that song,” he said, “When I was but a lad.” Then eyes were run -ning o’er with tears, The song had reached his heart; He God,” he cried, “I come to Thee And ask to be for-giv’n.” An- who but God can tell the hearts Her sotig had reached that day; The £ m P « 9 ==£ 53 3 m 35 tS>- -N — child-ish voice rose sweet and clear, Up - on the sum-mer air, And like a flash there came to him The mem-’ries of the past; He heard a - gain his moth-er’s voice, In hum - ble, hon-est pray’r, The oth - er song came float-ing near, While there on bend - ed knee, He stran-ger rose with sins* for-giv’n, The Sav - ior heard his plea, And A- Echoes of Old Hymns. Concluded. ^ s' . 1 - i i^- _j^ 4—1 y \ ^ -A ■ 1 -A | |> _p ^ — ] 1 r V - JS J -J J 1 w 0 • -r ' ^ ^ » * * J ^ j t> i » ' - v * o’er and o’er these words she sang: {Omit, see No. 1 ) saw his lov - ing moth-er’s face, With sor - row o - ver - cast. while the lit - tie maid sang 'on, {Omit, see No. / ) heard the lit - tie maid - en sing, ( Omit, see No. 2 ) then he sang that good old song, {Omit, see No. 3 ) r—s _ _l * _r™= j n i -is __r— l i / n jJ J ..... .-J J a I J - ”4 J J ■ J i i _ • . «j • & & 1 84 \ . • S . Ja • ! J 8/ • $> l d 2 J ; • ® • 0 1 _ • • J J .J ^ j j ^ * • w w p ^ & J . __ J 3 (mY* z* * p ^ i f n*73? —] 1 i 2?) • Ol # i 1 v - -^L h — 1— J N 0 . I . lifter 1st and 3rd verses . No. 2. After 4-th verse . i lirr. & ^ -3- • -S-" -s?. Rock of A - ges, cleft for me, S3 1 i r : j \ 4r~l SB! ket me hide my-self in Thee. * No, 3. After 5th verse. I’m glad salvation’s free, Sal- *±* va-tion’s free for you and me, _j®> .^3- * ^ g pf=F = ^ ^ Eix4. i gpfc=f^— k — ^ ■ - h~p q=jj L/ I I m I’m glad sal - va-tion’s free. - Ae=£=£ -■ m m 183 7 No. 174. Th^ Star-Spangled Banner. FRANCIS SCOTT KEY. Soto or Quartet. i * 1 £.4 > J. 1 J - 4 = 4 — 3=1 — &«— • .x-t r 1. Oh, say, can you see by the dawn’s ear - ly 2. On the shore, dim - ly seen thro’ the mists of the 3. And where is that band, who so vaunt - ing - ly 4. Oh, thus be it ev - er when free - men shall m & u— v light, What so deep, Where the swore, That the stand Be -* proud - ly we hailed foe’s haught - y host hav - oc of war tween their loved home at the twi-light’s last in dread si - lence re- and the bat - tie’s con- and the war’s des - o- 9- h Mh J rtP ^ 7 h- ^2 1 1 al 1 fr 1 I > J 1 •j \ ) 1 JS N ! . # _ ^ a * J m r i- y r 1 1 gleatn-mg, Whose broa< pos - es, What is fu - sion, A 1 la - tion; Blest with ^ fr- * *^ 0 —, r r d stripes and brigl that which the 1 lome and a vie - t’ry and H« t tit stars, thro’ the Dreeze, o’er the coun - try shout peace, may the -U 2 - r-^2 m #— ‘ f per - il tow - ei d leave ui heav’n-r< — a £ w 5 [ • ous r - ing 3 no ss-cued * 17 ! t [~ \ r — *1 i — f 1 1 > — p — "1 T r \ a y ^ j* |j L y 9 V p 1 _r 1 C 1 i T^r~ 1 1 r r 1 1 T, 17 | . . : n : A J , jri b hr J 1 X. j J 1 n ? J # ? E ! _ XT7 . . za a '4 & ! ■ ^ - U— 0- - v b— b fight, O’er the ram -parts we watc steep, As it fit - ful - ly blc more? Their blood has washed c land Praise the pow’rthat hath n rw h . * :hed, were so gi >ws, half con - ce; >ut their foul fo< lade and pre - ser F- # "g-.-a 9 1 il - lant - ly als, half dis- Dt - steps’ po- ved us a . i ^ Z-.V. L. K 2? ^ - . . f r J (tt^i IT P .. f : / ■ 0 p r — P - ■ W 1' i > — y h — -~L . — m r ~ 1 ~ P i ~V ii ^ . V m 184 The Star-Spangled Banner. Concluded i ts stream ■ clos • lu - na - r i • ing? And the • es? Now it tion, No tion! Then rock - ets’ red glare, the bombs burst-ing in catch - es the gleam of the morn-ing’s first ref - uge could safe the hire - ling and i I " t wj j v- j'ju . 1 1 1 -b'-'b t • » E : 4 - -N n n J— ;TTf=F^ — — -H 1 1 E- j TT — »-*- « * :z? — g "V air, Gave proof beam, In full glo - slave, From the ter - just, And this thro’ the night that our flag was still there, ry re - fleet - ed, now shines on the stream; ror of flight, or the gloom of the grave; be our mot - to: a o . 1 P the brave? W ^ 1 i i r c . K r # u • r j rv - r ^ r r ~r n r r — 1 r 7 — Ezzt Vs. \/ v — b— r 1 185 Red, White, and Blue, No. 175. ~1— Mil . ■ * , - rfr: " _ -1 t r ^ h (8F* j-- V— 1. O Columbia! the gem of the ocean, The home of the brave and the 2. When war winged its wide desolation, And threatened the land to de- 3. The Union, the Un-ion for-ev-er, Our glo - ri-ous nation’s sweet ■|»1 ; h- 3 t~- # » 0 TL ! | .*1 41 r # n* n» i r Jcrfi_£_0 J_ frr\ cJ ^ J 1 * w ^ ^ r 1 L. 1 1 L J:.' r * ^ 1 j u .. - L. 1 g 0. L/ < 1 ' Li ^ ^ teJ . ~fT~ w * free, The shrine of each pa-triot’s de-vo-tion, A world of-fers form, The ark then of freedom’s foun-da-tion, Co - lum-bia, rode hymn, May the wreaths it has won never wither, Nor the star of its - j 1 re . . 11 J tra 1 * rn^ it ! F « |*a H fT I | | if! ill tfl l(ff VP * J j fr\ « eJ, J _S h 3 h J J LL 2 hS S 1 Vs 7 ^ zs J .-I. i ^ « rr 9 v * * fj ~ w ft® ~ 1 1 1 ll # a & 0 0 ~ ~ 00 j ; .» 0 . 1 b * |» p~r . W' it . 1 * ,r . 1 l — r- 1 — h [ , zd£r=g _i — LS 4 -! — ts l N k. ^ 7 ** u ’ r 1 it ! ~ 1 s -i V v fsi LJ J ^ r 1 ^ \ - N J N* V> 1 r t * J r* iv- -1 ^ 1 »s K ^ w • J J • L T \) # uJ —m ’ ^ J m 1 t r — ft* ~ w ^ ~ - hom-age to thee. Thy mandates make heroes as-sem-ble, safe thro’ the storm; With her garlands of vict’ry a- round her, glo-ry grow dim; May the service, u - ni-ted, ne’er sev-er, a+f it *?HBSBB»Sara SEKMCTWH . 1 J 1 1 1 1 T«i 1 1 l if 1 1 | | V* 1 1 tf fr K # J 1 ! re ^ g 1 * i — d»a s J XT .. % uj* __ __ j j 2 j J. . fj m 1 J J 1 iiii ■ m 1 i 1 I - ftJS- • - 9 -*T 9 -*~ 0 .re j I - " *** ] I 7 SWTT 1 TTj \ ^ Ti 7 *n j IK/ 4 pu. # 1 A J V* 4 ■j 9 1 r ] ! j J ! I n v i 1 1 j # # i J- i- 186 Red, White, and Blue. Concluded. — jv- ; ... . * zd =4_ a 0 m F m J J -J 1 1_ U 1*— 9 jm v * — 9 r r i *l r 9 * ■■ v A w ZL U U LTT. w 9 4- J \j 1 _ 1 febJ J When Lib - er-ty’s form stands in view; Thy banners make tyranny When so proudly she bore her brave crew, With her flag proudly floating be- But they to their colors prove true! The Ar-my and Na-vy for- H j |— «( 1 f r~ it ! 2 & ' & 1 9 & m J aj 2 g. „y> i i > j r\~* « P & _1 P J ^ . 4 & 1 1 1 || I V T7" n b J J * j a-S-JS _i a — A U m — i m — it • ii ^ - . _ J"3_l J 1 1 /-.W IT f r t r j "j . j • -aJ W W ' fr j p m ah.® ij Q£l ft £ r 1 b 1 *s. | { | j ^ __l J J - ? L i 1 1 & 9 9 if & _ J"* 1 »*»* . „ Fink. ^ - } 3 V~ M l (. T 1 fck •, MOBS | ^ 9 j | 1 /A. 1 u_ __ ... S ] 7 g p ib irS J 9 ^ I 1 P H f r - H H “ j 4g /a S • -W i| a 7... s * J i ® l s 5 ifl' pprp 1 i i 1 - 9 4-4 4 | | 17 W r W W A*, trem-ble, When borne by the red, white, and blue. J. S. fore her, The boast of the red, white, and blue. 1. S. ev - er, Three cheers for the red, white, and blue. -F— *3 at ~(9~ -F- -1®- - 9- L-J- b- fovit Vr i 1 T ! n T f f J ' # tr xi, 1a m to • jn h# » te w p ^ j r -1 it f r fjf r i 1 * h b Ls 1 1 b b t b d ^ i ' •? ? I ' ' - o - ” ■ ' ' r l 1 l Fuivi, Chorus. When borne by The boast of Three cheers for the red, white, and blue, the red, white, and blue, the red, white, and blue, When borne by The boast of Three cheers for the the the #■ t- -K- 1 BS _ N _ J A Q a J J n p 7 u * S 9 2 ^ P p 1 1 LA JJ J J e i — “ v gj — i 1 -j| if \ ^ 2 U P w~«.